]> git.saurik.com Git - wxWidgets.git/blobdiff - src/msw/window.cpp
Have wxDCImpl::GetHandle return NULL by default instead of being pure virtual.
[wxWidgets.git] / src / msw / window.cpp
index 7bb0d7c97a0efd056a375ed6ab7c8a9fcc9e1cd3..6bb0616f0b5ea0016a4348202491f78865b67abc 100644 (file)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Name:        src/msw/windows.cpp
-// Purpose:     wxWindow
+// Name:        src/msw/window.cpp
+// Purpose:     wxWindowMSW
 // Author:      Julian Smart
 // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation
 // Created:     04/01/98
 // headers
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
-    #pragma implementation "window.h"
-#endif
-
 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
 
     #pragma hdrstop
 #endif
 
+#include "wx/window.h"
+
 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
     #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
-    #include "wx/window.h"
+    #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
+    #include "wx/msw/missing.h"
     #include "wx/accel.h"
-    #include "wx/setup.h"
     #include "wx/menu.h"
     #include "wx/dc.h"
     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
     #include "wx/msgdlg.h"
     #include "wx/settings.h"
     #include "wx/statbox.h"
+    #include "wx/sizer.h"
+    #include "wx/intl.h"
+    #include "wx/log.h"
+    #include "wx/textctrl.h"
+    #include "wx/menuitem.h"
+    #include "wx/module.h"
 #endif
 
 #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
     #include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
 #endif
 
-#include "wx/module.h"
+#include "wx/hashmap.h"
+#include "wx/evtloop.h"
+#include "wx/power.h"
+#include "wx/sysopt.h"
 
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
     #include "wx/dnd.h"
     #endif
 #endif
 
-#include "wx/menuitem.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-
 #include "wx/msw/private.h"
+#include "wx/msw/private/keyboard.h"
+#include "wx/msw/dcclient.h"
 
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
     #include "wx/tooltip.h"
     #include "wx/caret.h"
 #endif // wxUSE_CARET
 
+#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
+    #include "wx/radiobox.h"
+#endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
+
 #if wxUSE_SPINCTRL
     #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 
-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"
 #include "wx/notebook.h"
 #include "wx/listctrl.h"
+#include "wx/dynlib.h"
 
 #include <string.h>
 
     #include <windowsx.h>
 #endif
 
-#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
-    #ifdef __WIN95__
-        #include <commctrl.h>
-    #endif
-#elif !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__) // broken compiler
-    #include "wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h"
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h"
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+    #include <windows.h>
+    #include <shellapi.h>
+    #include <ole2.h>
+    #include <aygshell.h>
+#endif
 #endif
 
-#include "wx/msw/missing.h"
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+    #include "wx/msw/uxtheme.h"
+    #define EP_EDITTEXT         1
+    #define ETS_NORMAL          1
+    #define ETS_HOT             2
+    #define ETS_SELECTED        3
+    #define ETS_DISABLED        4
+    #define ETS_FOCUSED         5
+    #define ETS_READONLY        6
+    #define ETS_ASSIST          7
+#endif
 
-#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
-#include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h"
+// define the constants used by AnimateWindow() if our SDK doesn't have them
+#ifndef AW_CENTER
+    #define AW_HOR_POSITIVE 0x00000001
+    #define AW_HOR_NEGATIVE 0x00000002
+    #define AW_VER_POSITIVE 0x00000004
+    #define AW_VER_NEGATIVE 0x00000008
+    #define AW_CENTER       0x00000010
+    #define AW_HIDE         0x00010000
+    #define AW_ACTIVATE     0x00020000
+    #define AW_SLIDE        0x00040000
+    #define AW_BLEND        0x00080000
+#endif
+
+#if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
+    #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+#endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent()
+
+// set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events
+// when mouse position didnd't change
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0
+#else
+    #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1
+#endif
+
+// not all compilers/platforms have X button related declarations (notably
+// Windows CE doesn't, and probably some old SDKs don't neither)
+#ifdef WM_XBUTTONDOWN
+    #define wxHAS_XBUTTON
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR
+    #define MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR 2
 #endif
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
-#endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
-#else
-extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+extern wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu;
 #endif
 
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+// This is a hack used by the owner-drawn wxButton implementation to ensure
+// that the brush used for erasing its background is correctly aligned with the
+// control.
+wxWindowMSW *wxWindowBeingErased = NULL;
+#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
+
+namespace
+{
+
 // true if we had already created the std colour map, used by
 // wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged()           (FIXME-MT)
-static bool gs_hasStdCmap = false;
+bool gs_hasStdCmap = false;
+
+// last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+struct MouseEventInfoDummy
+{
+    // mouse position (in screen coordinates)
+    wxPoint pos;
+
+    // last mouse event type
+    wxEventType type;
+} gs_lastMouseEvent;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+
+// hash containing the registered handlers for the custom messages
+WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(int, wxWindow::MSWMessageHandler,
+                    wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
+                    MSWMessageHandlers);
+
+MSWMessageHandlers gs_messageHandlers;
+
+// hash containing all our windows, it uses HWND keys and wxWindow* values
+WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(HWND, wxWindow *,
+                    wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual,
+                    WindowHandles);
+
+WindowHandles gs_windowHandles;
+
+#ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK
+
+// temporary override for WM_ERASEBKGND processing: we don't store this in
+// wxWindow itself as we don't need it during most of the time so don't
+// increase the size of all window objects unnecessarily
+WX_DECLARE_HASH_MAP(wxWindow *, wxWindow *,
+                    wxPointerHash, wxPointerEqual,
+                    EraseBgHooks);
+
+EraseBgHooks gs_eraseBgHooks;
+
+#endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK
+
+// If this variable is strictly positive, EVT_CHAR_HOOK is not generated for
+// Escape key presses as it can't be intercepted because it's needed by some
+// currently shown window, e.g. IME entry.
+//
+// This is currently global as we allow using UI from the main thread only
+// anyhow but could be replaced with a thread-specific value in the future if
+// needed.
+int gs_modalEntryWindowCount = 0;
+
+} // anonymous namespace
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // private functions
@@ -147,19 +251,20 @@ LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message,
                                    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
 
 
-#ifdef  __WXDEBUG__
-    const char *wxGetMessageName(int message);
-#endif  //__WXDEBUG__
+#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2
+    const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message);
+#endif  // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2
 
 void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win);
 extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win);
-wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
 
 // get the text metrics for the current font
 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win);
 
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
 // find the window for the mouse event at the specified position
-static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y); //TW:REQ:Univ
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y);
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
 
 // wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API
 static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)
@@ -175,7 +280,7 @@ static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)
     // raise top level parent to top of z order
     if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE))
     {
-        wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowPos"));
     }
 }
 
@@ -195,16 +300,15 @@ static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent)
        get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style,
        GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent,
        but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later
-       on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window neither.
+       on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either.
      */
     while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() )
     {
-        LONG exStyle = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+        LONG exStyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(parent);
         if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
         {
             // force the parent to have this style
-            ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE,
-                            exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);
+            wxSetWindowExStyle(parent, exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);
         }
 
         parent = parent->GetParent();
@@ -213,6 +317,24 @@ static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent)
 
 #endif // !__WXWINCE__
 
+// GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function
+// instead.
+// Error originally observed with WinCE, but later using Remote Desktop
+// to connect to XP.
+void wxGetCursorPosMSW(POINT* pt)
+{
+    if (!GetCursorPos(pt))
+    {
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos"));
+#endif
+        DWORD pos = GetMessagePos();
+        // the coordinates may be negative in multi-monitor systems
+        pt->x = GET_X_LPARAM(pos);
+        pt->y = GET_Y_LPARAM(pos);
+    }
+}
+
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // event tables
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -221,119 +343,10 @@ static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent)
 // method
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
-#else // __WXMSW__
-#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
-
-// windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, eg. spin controls in a calendar controls
-// must never been streamed out separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, as
-// windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway
-
-bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & )
-{
-    const wxWindow * win = dynamic_cast<const wxWindow*>(object) ;
-    if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 )
-        return false ;
-    return true ;
-}
-
-IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase,"wx/window.h", wxWindowStreamingCallback)
-
-// make wxWindowList known before the property is used
-
-wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow* , wxWindowList ) ;
-
-template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, wxxVariantArray &value)
-{
-    wxListCollectionToVariantArray<wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator>( theList , value ) ;
-}
-
-WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
-
-wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
-    // new style border flags, we put them first to
-    // use them for streaming out
-
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
-
-    // old style border flags
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
-
-    // standard window styles
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
-    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
-
-wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
-
-wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow)
-    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close , wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW , wxCloseEvent)
-    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create , wxEVT_CREATE , wxWindowCreateEvent )
-    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy , wxEVT_DESTROY , wxWindowDestroyEvent )
-    // Always constructor Properties first
-
-    wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
-    wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, wxID_ANY, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
-    wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition , GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // pos
-    wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // size
-    wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
-
-    // Then all relations of the object graph
-
-    wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children , wxWindowList , wxWindowBase* , GetWindowChildren , wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
-
-   // and finally all other properties
-
-    wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle , long , SetExtraStyle , GetExtraStyle , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // extstyle
-    wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour , wxColour , SetBackgroundColour , GetBackgroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // bg
-    wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour , wxColour , SetForegroundColour , GetForegroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // fg
-    wxPROPERTY( Enabled , bool , Enable , IsEnabled , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
-    wxPROPERTY( Shown , bool , Show , IsShown , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
-#if 0
-    // possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses
-    wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxT("") )
-    wxPROPERTY( Font , wxFont , SetFont , GetWindowFont  , )
-    wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxT("") )
-    // MaxHeight, Width , MinHeight , Width
-    // TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels
-
-    wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled , bool , SetThemeEnabled , GetThemeEnabled , )
-    //wxPROPERTY( Cursor , wxCursor , SetCursor , GetCursor , )
-    // wxPROPERTY( ToolTip , wxString , SetToolTip , GetToolTipText , )
-    wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout , bool , SetAutoLayout , GetAutoLayout , )
-
-
-
-#endif
-wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
-
-wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow)
-wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
-
-wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow)
-
-#else
-    IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase)
-#endif
-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
     EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged)
-    EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground)
 #ifdef __WXWINCE__
     EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog)
 #endif
@@ -354,7 +367,7 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
     wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl);
     if ( item )
     {
-        // is it we or one of our "internal" children?
+        // is it us or one of our "internal" children?
         if ( item->GetId() == id
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
                 || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND)
@@ -396,7 +409,7 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
 
         if ( !controlOnly
 #if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-                || parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl))
+                || wxDynamicCast(parent, wxControl)
 #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
            )
         {
@@ -428,33 +441,30 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
 void wxWindowMSW::Init()
 {
     // MSW specific
-    m_isBeingDeleted = false;
     m_oldWndProc = NULL;
     m_mouseInWindow = false;
     m_lastKeydownProcessed = false;
 
-    m_childrenDisabled = NULL;
-    m_frozenness = 0;
-
-    // wxWnd
-    m_hMenu = 0;
-
     m_hWnd = 0;
 
     m_xThumbSize = 0;
     m_yThumbSize = 0;
 
-#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
-    m_lastMouseX =
-    m_lastMouseY = -1;
-    m_lastMouseEvent = -1;
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    m_hDWP = 0;
+    m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition;
+    m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize;
+#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+    m_contextMenuEnabled = false;
+#endif
 }
 
 // Destructor
 wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
 {
-    m_isBeingDeleted = true;
+    SendDestroyEvent();
 
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us:
@@ -467,13 +477,18 @@ wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
             {
                 frame->SetLastFocus(NULL);
             }
-            break;
+
+            // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent
+            // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling
+            // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to
+            // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop
+            //break;
         }
     }
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
 
     // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent.
-    //     If we'd do it the other way around, children wouldn't be able
+    //     If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able
     //     find their parent frame (see above).
     DestroyChildren();
 
@@ -483,14 +498,21 @@ wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
         //if (::IsWindow(GetHwnd()))
         {
             if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) )
+            {
                 wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow"));
+            }
         }
 
         // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
         wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
     }
 
-    delete m_childrenDisabled;
+}
+
+/* static */
+const wxChar *wxWindowMSW::MSWGetRegisteredClassName()
+{
+    return wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName(wxT("wxWindow"), COLOR_BTNFACE);
 }
 
 // real construction (Init() must have been called before!)
@@ -525,7 +547,8 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent,
         msflags |= WS_VISIBLE;
     }
 
-    if ( !MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) )
+    if ( !MSWCreate(MSWGetRegisteredClassName(),
+                    NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) )
         return false;
 
     InheritAttributes();
@@ -540,15 +563,14 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent,
 void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus()
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") );
+    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, wxT("can't set focus to invalid window") );
 
-#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
     ::SetLastError(0);
 #endif
 
     if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) )
     {
-#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
         // was there really an error?
         DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError();
         if ( dwRes )
@@ -556,10 +578,9 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus()
             HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
             if ( hwndFocus != hWnd )
             {
-                wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes);
+                wxLogApiError(wxT("SetFocus"), dwRes);
             }
         }
-#endif // Debug
     }
 }
 
@@ -592,86 +613,163 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus()
     return NULL;
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::Enable(bool enable)
+void wxWindowMSW::DoEnable( bool enable )
 {
-    if ( !wxWindowBase::Enable(enable) )
+    MSWEnableHWND(GetHwnd(), enable);
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWEnableHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool enable)
+{
+    if ( !hWnd )
         return false;
 
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
+    // If disabling focused control, we move focus to the next one, as if the
+    // user pressed Tab. That's because we can't keep focus on a disabled
+    // control, Tab-navigation would stop working then.
+    if ( !enable && ::GetFocus() == hWnd )
+        Navigate();
 
-    // the logic below doesn't apply to the top level windows -- otherwise
-    // showing a modal dialog would result in total greying out (and ungreying
-    // out later) of everything which would be really ugly
-    if ( IsTopLevel() )
-        return true;
+    return ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable) != 0;
+}
 
-    // when the parent is disabled, all of its children should be disabled as
-    // well but when it is enabled back, only those of the children which
-    // hadn't been already disabled in the beginning should be enabled again,
-    // so we have to keep the list of those children
-    for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
-          node;
-          node = node->GetNext() )
-    {
-        wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
-        if ( child->IsTopLevel() )
-        {
-            // the logic below doesn't apply to top level children
-            continue;
-        }
+bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show)
+{
+    if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) )
+        return false;
 
-        if ( enable )
-        {
-            // enable the child back unless it had been disabled before us
-            if ( !m_childrenDisabled || !m_childrenDisabled->Find(child) )
-                child->Enable();
-        }
-        else // we're being disabled
-        {
-            if ( child->IsEnabled() )
-            {
-                // disable it as children shouldn't stay enabled while the
-                // parent is not
-                child->Disable();
-            }
-            else // child already disabled, remember it
-            {
-                // have we created the list of disabled children already?
-                if ( !m_childrenDisabled )
-                    m_childrenDisabled = new wxWindowList;
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
 
-                m_childrenDisabled->Append(child);
-            }
-        }
+    // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is
+    // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g.
+    //
+    //      wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo;
+    //      foo->Hide();
+    //      foo->Create(parent, ...);
+    //
+    // should work without errors
+    if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE);
     }
 
-    if ( enable && m_childrenDisabled )
+    if ( IsFrozen() )
     {
-        // we don't need this list any more, don't keep unused memory
-        delete m_childrenDisabled;
-        m_childrenDisabled = NULL;
+        // DoFreeze/DoThaw don't do anything if the window is not shown, so
+        // we have to call them from here now
+        if ( show )
+            DoFreeze();
+        else
+            DoThaw();
     }
 
     return true;
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show)
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::MSWShowWithEffect(bool show,
+                               wxShowEffect effect,
+                               unsigned timeout)
 {
+#if wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
+    if ( effect == wxSHOW_EFFECT_NONE )
+        return Show(show);
+
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) )
         return false;
 
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    int cshow = show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE;
-    ::ShowWindow(hWnd, cshow);
+    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *AnimateWindow_t)(HWND, DWORD, DWORD);
+
+    static AnimateWindow_t s_pfnAnimateWindow = NULL;
+    static bool s_initDone = false;
+    if ( !s_initDone )
+    {
+        wxDynamicLibrary dllUser32(wxT("user32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM | wxDL_QUIET);
+        wxDL_INIT_FUNC(s_pfn, AnimateWindow, dllUser32);
+
+        s_initDone = true;
+
+        // notice that it's ok to unload user32.dll here as it won't be really
+        // unloaded, being still in use because we link to it statically too
+    }
+
+    if ( !s_pfnAnimateWindow )
+        return Show(show);
+
+    // Show() has a side effect of sending a WM_SIZE to the window, which helps
+    // ensuring that it's laid out correctly, but AnimateWindow() doesn't do
+    // this so send the event ourselves
+    SendSizeEvent();
+
+    // prepare to use AnimateWindow()
+
+    if ( !timeout )
+        timeout = 200; // this is the default animation timeout, per MSDN
+
+    DWORD dwFlags = show ? 0 : AW_HIDE;
+
+    switch ( effect )
+    {
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_LEFT:
+            dwFlags |= AW_HOR_NEGATIVE;
+            break;
+
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_RIGHT:
+            dwFlags |= AW_HOR_POSITIVE;
+            break;
 
-    if ( show && IsTopLevel() )
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_TOP:
+            dwFlags |= AW_VER_NEGATIVE;
+            break;
+
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_ROLL_TO_BOTTOM:
+            dwFlags |= AW_VER_POSITIVE;
+            break;
+
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_LEFT:
+            dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_NEGATIVE;
+            break;
+
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_RIGHT:
+            dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_HOR_POSITIVE;
+            break;
+
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_TOP:
+            dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_NEGATIVE;
+            break;
+
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_SLIDE_TO_BOTTOM:
+            dwFlags |= AW_SLIDE | AW_VER_POSITIVE;
+            break;
+
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_BLEND:
+            dwFlags |= AW_BLEND;
+            break;
+
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_EXPAND:
+            dwFlags |= AW_CENTER;
+            break;
+
+
+        case wxSHOW_EFFECT_MAX:
+            wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("invalid window show effect") );
+            return false;
+
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown window show effect") );
+            return false;
+    }
+
+    if ( !(*s_pfnAnimateWindow)(GetHwnd(), timeout, dwFlags) )
     {
-        wxBringWindowToTop(hWnd);
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("AnimateWindow"));
+
+        return false;
     }
 
     return true;
+#else    // wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
+    return Show(show);
+#endif
 }
 
 // Raise the window to the top of the Z order
@@ -687,16 +785,6 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Lower()
                    SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
 }
 
-void wxWindowMSW::SetTitle( const wxString& title)
-{
-    SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), title.c_str());
-}
-
-wxString wxWindowMSW::GetTitle() const
-{
-    return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND());
-}
-
 void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse()
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
@@ -710,14 +798,14 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse()
 {
     if ( !::ReleaseCapture() )
     {
-        wxLogLastError(_T("ReleaseCapture"));
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("ReleaseCapture"));
     }
 }
 
 /* static */ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::GetCapture()
 {
     HWND hwnd = ::GetCapture();
-    return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd) : (wxWindow *)NULL;
+    return hwnd ? wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd) : NULL;
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
@@ -731,7 +819,11 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd != 0 )
     {
-        WXHANDLE hFont = m_font.GetResourceHandle();
+        // note the use of GetFont() instead of m_font: our own font could have
+        // just been reset and in this case we need to change the font used by
+        // the native window to the default for this class, i.e. exactly what
+        // GetFont() returns
+        WXHANDLE hFont = GetFont().GetResourceHandle();
 
         wxASSERT_MSG( hFont, wxT("should have valid font") );
 
@@ -740,6 +832,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
 
     return true;
 }
+
 bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) )
@@ -748,30 +841,80 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
         return false;
     }
 
-    if ( m_cursor.Ok() )
+    // don't "overwrite" busy cursor
+    if ( wxIsBusy() )
+        return true;
+
+    if ( m_cursor.IsOk() )
     {
-        HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+        // normally we should change the cursor only if it's over this window
+        // but we should do it always if we capture the mouse currently
+        bool set = HasCapture();
+        if ( !set )
+        {
+            HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
 
-        // Change the cursor NOW if we're within the correct window
-        POINT point;
-        ::GetCursorPos(&point);
+            POINT point;
+            ::wxGetCursorPosMSW(&point);
 
-        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd);
+            RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(hWnd);
+
+            set = ::PtInRect(&rect, point) != 0;
+        }
 
-        if ( ::PtInRect(&rect, point) && !wxIsBusy() )
+        if ( set )
+        {
             ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor));
+        }
+        //else: will be set later when the mouse enters this window
+    }
+    else // Invalid cursor: this means reset to the default one.
+    {
+        // To revert to the correct cursor we need to find the window currently
+        // under the cursor and ask it to set its cursor itself as only it
+        // knows what it is.
+        POINT pt;
+        wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt);
+
+        const wxWindowMSW* win = wxFindWindowAtPoint(wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y));
+        if ( !win )
+            win = this;
+
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETCURSOR,
+                      (WPARAM)GetHwndOf(win),
+                      MAKELPARAM(HTCLIENT, WM_MOUSEMOVE));
     }
 
     return true;
 }
 
-void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer (int x, int y)
+void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y)
 {
     ClientToScreen(&x, &y);
 
     if ( !::SetCursorPos(x, y) )
     {
-        wxLogLastError(_T("SetCursorPos"));
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("SetCursorPos"));
+    }
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state)
+{
+    // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good
+    // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm
+    static int s_needToUpdate = -1;
+    if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 )
+    {
+        int verMaj, verMin;
+        s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT &&
+                            verMaj >= 5;
+    }
+
+    if ( s_needToUpdate )
+    {
+        // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system
+        // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0);
     }
 }
 
@@ -779,11 +922,8 @@ void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer (int x, int y)
 // scrolling stuff
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// convert wxHORIZONTAL/wxVERTICAL to SB_HORZ/SB_VERT
-static inline int wxDirToWinStyle(int orient)
+namespace
 {
-    return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT;
-}
 
 inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient)
 {
@@ -793,24 +933,26 @@ inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient)
     WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
     scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
     scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS;
-    if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd,
-                          wOrient,
-                          &scrollInfo) )
-    {
-        // Not neccessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet.
-        // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
-    }
+    ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo );
+
     return scrollInfo.nPos;
-//    return ::GetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient);
+
 #endif
 }
 
+inline UINT WXOrientToSB(int orient)
+{
+    return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT;
+}
+
+} // anonymous namespace
+
 int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, wxT("no HWND in GetScrollPos") );
 
-    return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT);
+    return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient));
 }
 
 // This now returns the whole range, not just the number
@@ -821,19 +963,13 @@ int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( !hWnd )
         return 0;
-#if 0
-    ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
-                     &minPos, &maxPos);
-#endif
     WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
     scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
-    if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd,
-                          orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
-                          &scrollInfo) )
+    if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &scrollInfo) )
     {
         // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return
         // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet.
-        // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
+        // wxLogLastError(wxT("GetScrollInfo"));
     }
     maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax;
 
@@ -849,7 +985,7 @@ int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
 void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") );
+    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, wxT("SetScrollPos: no HWND") );
 
     WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info;
     info.nPage = 0;
@@ -862,8 +998,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
         info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;
     }
 
-    ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
-                    &info, refresh);
+    ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &info, refresh);
 }
 
 // New function that will replace some of the above.
@@ -873,26 +1008,41 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient,
                                int range,
                                bool refresh)
 {
+    // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events
+    // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo()
+    *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize;
+
+    HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( !hwnd )
+        return;
+
     WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info;
-    info.nPage = pageSize;
-    info.nMin = 0;              // range is nMax - nMin + 1
-    info.nMax = range - 1;      //  as both nMax and nMax are inclusive
-    info.nPos = pos;
+    if ( range != -1 )
+    {
+        info.nPage = pageSize;
+        info.nMin = 0;              // range is nMax - nMin + 1
+        info.nMax = range - 1;      //  as both nMax and nMax are inclusive
+        info.nPos = pos;
+
+        // We normally also reenable scrollbar in case it had been previously
+        // disabled by specifying SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL below but we should only
+        // do this if it has valid range, otherwise it would be enabled but not
+        // do anything.
+        if ( range >= pageSize )
+        {
+            ::EnableScrollBar(hwnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), ESB_ENABLE_BOTH);
+        }
+    }
+    //else: leave all the fields to be 0
+
     info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
-    if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) )
+    if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) || range == -1 )
     {
         // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then
         info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;
     }
 
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-    {
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
-                        &info, refresh);
-    }
-
-    *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize;
+    ::SetScrollInfo(hwnd, WXOrientToSB(orient), &info, refresh);
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect)
@@ -901,10 +1051,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect)
     RECT *pr;
     if ( prect )
     {
-        rect.left = prect->x;
-        rect.top = prect->y;
-        rect.right = prect->x + prect->width;
-        rect.bottom = prect->y + prect->height;
+        wxCopyRectToRECT(*prect, rect);
         pr = &rect;
     }
     else
@@ -961,16 +1108,77 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages)
                             down ? pages : -pages);
 }
 
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// subclassing
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RTL support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
+void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir)
 {
-    wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") );
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    wxUnusedVar(dir);
+#else
+    wxCHECK_RET( GetHwnd(),
+                 wxT("layout direction must be set after window creation") );
 
-    HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;
-    wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") );
+    LONG styleOld = wxGetWindowExStyle(this);
+
+    LONG styleNew = styleOld;
+    switch ( dir )
+    {
+        case wxLayout_LeftToRight:
+            styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
+            break;
+
+        case wxLayout_RightToLeft:
+            styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported layout direction"));
+            break;
+    }
+
+    if ( styleNew != styleOld )
+    {
+        wxSetWindowExStyle(this, styleNew);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const
+{
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    return wxLayout_Default;
+#else
+    wxCHECK_MSG( GetHwnd(), wxLayout_Default, wxT("invalid window") );
+
+    return wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) ? wxLayout_RightToLeft
+                                                     : wxLayout_LeftToRight;
+#endif
+}
+
+wxCoord
+wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x,
+                                      wxCoord WXUNUSED(width),
+                                      wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const
+{
+    // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't
+    // redo it ourselves
+    return x;
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// subclassing
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
+{
+    wxASSERT_MSG( !m_oldWndProc, wxT("subclassing window twice?") );
+
+    HWND hwnd = (HWND)hWnd;
+    wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in SubclassWin") );
+
+    SetHWND(hWnd);
 
     wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this);
 
@@ -984,12 +1192,16 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
     }
     else
     {
-        // don't bother restoring it neither: this also makes it easy to
+        // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to
         // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the
         // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can
         // simply check m_oldWndProc
         m_oldWndProc = NULL;
     }
+
+    // we're officially created now, send the event
+    wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
+    (void)HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
@@ -1021,12 +1233,14 @@ void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle)
     if ( m_hWnd )
     {
       if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) )
+      {
         wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow"));
+      }
     }
 
     WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle;
 
-    SetHWND(wxhwnd);
+    // this also calls SetHWND(wxhwnd)
     SubclassWin(wxhwnd);
 }
 
@@ -1037,46 +1251,15 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle()
 }
 
 
-bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd, WXFARPROC wndProc)
+bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd,
+                          WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc))
 {
-    // Unicows note: the code below works, but only because WNDCLASS contains
-    // original window handler rather that the unicows fake one. This may not
-    // be on purpose, though; if it stops working with future versions of
-    // unicows.dll, we can override unicows hooks by setting
-    // Unicows_{Set,Get}WindowLong and Unicows_RegisterClass to our own
-    // versions that keep track of fake<->real wnd proc mapping.
-
-    // On WinCE (at least), the wndproc comparison doesn't work,
-    // so have to use something like this.
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
-    extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR;
-    extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassName;
-    extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw;
-    extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassName;
-    extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw;
-    wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd));
-    if (str == wxCanvasClassName ||
-        str == wxCanvasClassNameNR ||
-        str == wxMDIFrameClassName ||
-        str == wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw ||
-        str == wxMDIChildFrameClassName ||
-        str == wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw ||
-        str == _T("wxTLWHiddenParent"))
-        return true; // Effectively means don't subclass
-    else
-        return false;
-#else
-    WNDCLASS cls;
-    if ( !::GetClassInfo(wxGetInstance(), wxGetWindowClass(hWnd), &cls) )
-    {
-        wxLogLastError(_T("GetClassInfo"));
+    const wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd));
 
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    return wndProc == (WXFARPROC)cls.lpfnWndProc;
-#endif
+    // TODO: get rid of wxTLWHiddenParent special case (currently it's not
+    //       registered by wxApp but using ad hoc code in msw/toplevel.cpp);
+    //       there is also a hidden window class used by sockets &c
+    return wxApp::IsRegisteredClassName(str) || str == wxT("wxTLWHiddenParent");
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1092,14 +1275,48 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags)
     // update the internal variable
     wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags);
 
+    // and the real window flags
+    MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle());
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags)
+{
+    long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle();
+    if ( exflags == exflagsOld )
+        return;
+
+    // update the internal variable
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags);
+
+    // and the real window flags
+    MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld);
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld)
+{
     // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had
     // been already created
     if ( !GetHwnd() )
         return;
 
-    WXDWORD exstyle, exstyleOld;
-    long style = MSWGetStyle(flags, &exstyle),
-         styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld);
+    // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles
+    bool callSWP = false;
+
+    WXDWORD exstyle;
+    long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle);
+
+    // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle()
+    // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally
+    // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the
+    // correct exstyleOld
+    long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle();
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld);
+
+    WXDWORD exstyleOld;
+    long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld);
+
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew);
+
 
     if ( style != styleOld )
     {
@@ -1112,31 +1329,86 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags)
         styleReal |= style;
 
         ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal);
+
+        // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the
+        // frame appearance have changed
+        callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER |
+                                      WS_THICKFRAME |
+                                      WS_CAPTION |
+                                      WS_DLGFRAME |
+                                      WS_MAXIMIZEBOX |
+                                      WS_MINIMIZEBOX |
+                                      WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0;
     }
 
     // and the extended style
+    long exstyleReal = wxGetWindowExStyle(this);
+
     if ( exstyle != exstyleOld )
     {
-        long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE);
         exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld;
         exstyleReal |= exstyle;
 
-        ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal);
+        wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyleReal);
+
+        // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos
+        callSWP = true;
+    }
 
-        // we must call SetWindowPos() to flash the cached extended style and
+    if ( callSWP )
+    {
+        // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and
         // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just
         // setting the style simply doesn't work
         if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(),
                              exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST
                                                          : HWND_NOTOPMOST,
                              0, 0, 0, 0,
-                             SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE) )
+                             SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE |
+                             SWP_FRAMECHANGED) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowPos"));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorderForControl() const
+{
+    return wxBORDER_THEME;
+}
+
+wxBorder wxWindowMSW::GetDefaultBorder() const
+{
+    return wxWindowBase::GetDefaultBorder();
+}
+
+// Translate wxBORDER_THEME (and other border styles if necessary) to the value
+// that makes most sense for this Windows environment
+wxBorder wxWindowMSW::TranslateBorder(wxBorder border) const
+{
+#if defined(__POCKETPC__) || defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
+    if (border == wxBORDER_THEME || border == wxBORDER_SUNKEN || border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
+        return wxBORDER_SIMPLE;
+    else
+        return wxBORDER_NONE;
+#else
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+    if (border == wxBORDER_THEME)
+    {
+        if (CanApplyThemeBorder())
         {
-            wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
+            wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
+            if (theme)
+                return wxBORDER_THEME;
         }
+        return wxBORDER_SUNKEN;
     }
+#endif
+    return border;
+#endif
 }
 
+
 WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
 {
     // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones
@@ -1145,11 +1417,20 @@ WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
     // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle()
     WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD;
 
-    if ( flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN )
+    // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker,
+    // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the
+    // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so
+    // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special
+    // system option is turned on
+    if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children"))
+            || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) )
         style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
 
-    if ( flags & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
-        style |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
+    // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially
+    // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and,
+    // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping
+    // regions), so avoid it alltogether
+
 
     if ( flags & wxVSCROLL )
         style |= WS_VSCROLL;
@@ -1157,7 +1438,10 @@ WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
     if ( flags & wxHSCROLL )
         style |= WS_HSCROLL;
 
-    const wxBorder border = GetBorder(flags);
+    const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder(flags));
+
+    // After translation, border is now optimized for the specific version of Windows
+    // and theme engine presence.
 
     // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE
     if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE )
@@ -1177,11 +1461,12 @@ WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
         {
             default:
             case wxBORDER_DEFAULT:
-                wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") );
+                wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown border style") );
                 // fall through
 
             case wxBORDER_NONE:
             case wxBORDER_SIMPLE:
+            case wxBORDER_THEME:
                 break;
 
             case wxBORDER_STATIC:
@@ -1197,9 +1482,9 @@ WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const
                 style &= ~WS_BORDER;
                 break;
 
-            case wxBORDER_DOUBLE:
-                *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
-                break;
+//            case wxBORDER_DOUBLE:
+//                *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
+//                break;
         }
 
         // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all
@@ -1227,7 +1512,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const
 {
     // get the mouse position
     POINT pt;
-    ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
+    wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt);
 
     // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window
     // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it
@@ -1240,6 +1525,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const
 
 void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle()
 {
+#ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
     // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
     if ( m_mouseInWindow )
     {
@@ -1247,45 +1533,12 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle()
         // or doesn't have mouse capture
         if ( !IsMouseInWindow() )
         {
-            // Generate a LEAVE event
-            m_mouseInWindow = false;
-
-            // Unfortunately the mouse button and keyboard state may have
-            // changed by the time the OnInternalIdle function is called, so 'state'
-            // may be meaningless.
-            int state = 0;
-            if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
-                state |= MK_SHIFT;
-            if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
-                state |= MK_CONTROL;
-            if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) )
-                state |= MK_LBUTTON;
-            if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) )
-                state |= MK_MBUTTON;
-            if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) )
-                state |= MK_RBUTTON;
-
-            POINT pt;
-            if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
-            {
-                wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos"));
-            }
-
-            // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
-            // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
-            RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
-            pt.x -= rect.left;
-            pt.y -= rect.top;
-
-            wxMouseEvent event2(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
-            InitMouseEvent(event2, pt.x, pt.y, state);
-
-            (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
+            GenerateMouseLeave();
         }
     }
+#endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
 
-    if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this))
-        UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE);
+    wxWindowBase::OnInternalIdle();
 }
 
 // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
@@ -1300,7 +1553,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent)
     ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
 
 #ifndef __WXWINCE__
-    if ( ::GetWindowLong(hWndChild, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+    if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(this, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
     {
         EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent());
     }
@@ -1316,26 +1569,24 @@ static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on)
 #endif
 }
 
-void wxWindowMSW::Freeze()
+void wxWindowMSW::DoFreeze()
 {
-    if ( !m_frozenness++ )
-    {
-        SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false);
-    }
+    if ( !IsShown() )
+        return; // no point in freezing hidden window
+
+    SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false);
 }
 
-void wxWindowMSW::Thaw()
+void wxWindowMSW::DoThaw()
 {
-    wxASSERT_MSG( m_frozenness > 0, _T("Thaw() without matching Freeze()") );
+    if ( !IsShown() )
+        return; // hidden windows aren't frozen by DoFreeze
 
-    if ( !--m_frozenness )
-    {
-        SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true);
+    SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true);
 
-        // we need to refresh everything or otherwise he invalidated area is not
-        // repainted
-        Refresh();
-    }
+    // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area
+    // is not going to be repainted
+    Refresh();
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
@@ -1343,18 +1594,28 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
     {
+        RECT mswRect;
+        const RECT *pRect;
         if ( rect )
         {
-            RECT mswRect;
-            mswRect.left = rect->x;
-            mswRect.top = rect->y;
-            mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
-            mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
-
-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, &mswRect, eraseBack);
+            wxCopyRectToRECT(*rect, mswRect);
+            pRect = &mswRect;
         }
         else
-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, NULL, eraseBack);
+        {
+            pRect = NULL;
+        }
+
+        // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3
+#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400)
+        UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN;
+        if ( eraseBack )
+            flags |= RDW_ERASE;
+
+        ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags);
+#else
+        ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack);
+#endif
     }
 }
 
@@ -1362,7 +1623,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Update()
 {
     if ( !::UpdateWindow(GetHwnd()) )
     {
-        wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow"));
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("UpdateWindow"));
     }
 
 #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
@@ -1376,6 +1637,40 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Update()
 // drag and drop
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+// we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be
+// a drop target
+static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent)
+{
+    // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW)
+    if ( !parent )
+        return;
+
+    for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
+          node;
+          node = node->GetNext() )
+    {
+        wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox);
+        if ( statbox )
+        {
+            ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+                           SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#else // !wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
+{
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+#endif // drag and drop is used
 
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
@@ -1387,20 +1682,24 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
 
     m_dropTarget = pDropTarget;
     if ( m_dropTarget != 0 )
+    {
+        AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent());
         m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
+    }
 }
 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
-// old style file-manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style
+// old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style
 // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
-void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
+void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept))
 {
-#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
+    {
+        AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent());
         ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
-#else
-    wxUnusedVar(accept);
+    }
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -1424,66 +1723,151 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
 // moving and resizing
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const
+{
+#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ||
+         m_pendingSize     != wxDefaultSize )
+        return true;
+#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+
+    return false;
+}
+
 // Get total size
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const
 {
-    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows
+    // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return
+    // the new and not the old position to the other wx code
+    if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize )
+    {
+        if ( x )
+            *x = m_pendingSize.x;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = m_pendingSize.y;
+    }
+    else // use current size
+#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
 
-    if ( x )
-        *x = rect.right - rect.left;
-    if ( y )
-        *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+    }
 }
 
 // Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
 {
-    RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
+#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize )
+    {
+        // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size
+        //
+        // FIXME: Unfortunately this doesn't work correctly for the maximized
+        //        top level windows, the returned values are too small (e.g.
+        //        under Windows 7 on a 1600*1200 screen with task bar on the
+        //        right the pending size for a maximized window is 1538*1200
+        //        and WM_NCCALCSIZE returns 1528*1172 even though the correct
+        //        client size of such window is 1538*1182). No idea how to fix
+        //        it though, setting WS_MAXIMIZE in GWL_STYLE before calling
+        //        WM_NCCALCSIZE doesn't help and AdjustWindowRectEx() doesn't
+        //        work in this direction neither. So we just have to live with
+        //        the slightly wrong results and relayout the window when it
+        //        gets finally shown in its maximized state (see #11762).
+        RECT rect;
+        rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x;
+        rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y;
+        rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x;
+        rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y;
+
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect);
+
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+    }
+    else
+#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
 
-    if ( x )
-        *x = rect.right;
-    if ( y )
-        *y = rect.bottom;
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom;
+    }
+
+    // The size of the client window can't be negative but ::GetClientRect()
+    // can return negative size for an extremely small (1x1) window with
+    // borders so ensure that we correct it here as having negative sizes is
+    // completely unexpected.
+    if ( x && *x < 0 )
+        *x = 0;
+    if ( y && *y < 0 )
+        *y = 0;
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
 {
-    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
-
-    POINT point;
-    point.x = rect.left;
-    point.y = rect.top;
+    wxWindow * const parent = GetParent();
 
-    // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real"
-    // children, not for the dialogs/frames
-    if ( !IsTopLevel() )
+    wxPoint pos;
+#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition )
+    {
+        pos = m_pendingPosition;
+    }
+    else // use current position
+#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
     {
-        HWND hParentWnd = 0;
-        wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
-        if ( parent )
-            hParentWnd = GetWinHwnd(parent);
+        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
 
-        // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a parent we
-        // must subtract its top left corner
-        if ( hParentWnd )
-        {
-            ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
-        }
+        POINT point;
+        point.x = rect.left;
+        point.y = rect.top;
 
-        if ( parent )
+        // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real"
+        // children, not for the dialogs/frames
+        if ( !IsTopLevel() )
         {
-            // We may be faking the client origin. So a window that's really at (0,
-            // 30) may appear (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
-            wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-            point.x -= pt.x;
-            point.y -= pt.y;
+            if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft )
+            {
+                // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate,
+                // which would be the physical right x-coordinate.
+                point.x = rect.right;
+            }
+
+            // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a
+            // parent we must subtract its top left corner
+            if ( parent )
+            {
+                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point);
+            }
         }
+
+        pos.x = point.x;
+        pos.y = point.y;
+    }
+
+    // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just
+    // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx
+    if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
+        pos.x -= pt.x;
+        pos.y -= pt.y;
     }
 
     if ( x )
-        *x = point.x;
+        *x = pos.x;
     if ( y )
-        *y = point.y;
+        *y = pos.y;
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
@@ -1518,6 +1902,50 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
         *y = pt.y;
 }
 
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless
+    // we are a top level window)
+    wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent();
+
+    HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL;
+    if ( hdwp )
+    {
+        hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height,
+                                SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+        if ( !hdwp )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("DeferWindowPos"));
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( parent )
+    {
+        // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed
+        parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp;
+    }
+
+    if ( hdwp )
+    {
+        // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're
+        // different from what Windows would return for it
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately
+#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
+    }
+
+    // if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move,
+    // ignored otherwise
+    return false;
+}
+
 void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
 {
     // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms?
@@ -1526,9 +1954,18 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
         width = 0;
     if (height < 0)
         height = 0;
-    if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), x, y, width, height, IsShown() /*Repaint?*/) )
+
+    if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) )
     {
-        wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
+#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+        m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y);
+        m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height);
+    }
+    else // window was moved immediately, without deferring it
+    {
+        m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition;
+        m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize;
+#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
     }
 }
 
@@ -1544,14 +1981,23 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
 {
     // get the current size and position...
     int currentX, currentY;
+    int currentW, currentH;
+
     GetPosition(&currentX, &currentY);
-    int currentW,currentH;
     GetSize(&currentW, &currentH);
 
-    // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok
+    // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless
+    // we're forced to resize the window
     if ( x == currentX && y == currentY &&
-         width == currentW && height == currentH )
+         width == currentW && height == currentH &&
+            !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) )
     {
+        if (sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE_EVENT)
+        {
+            wxSizeEvent event( wxSize(width,height), GetId() );
+            event.SetEventObject( this );
+            HandleWindowEvent( event );
+        }
         return;
     }
 
@@ -1567,7 +2013,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
     {
         if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH )
         {
-            size = DoGetBestSize();
+            size = GetBestSize();
             width = size.x;
         }
         else
@@ -1583,9 +2029,9 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
         {
             if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord )
             {
-                size = DoGetBestSize();
+                size = GetBestSize();
             }
-            //else: already called DoGetBestSize() above
+            //else: already called GetBestSize() above
 
             height = size.y;
         }
@@ -1601,11 +2047,12 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
 {
-    // setting the client size is less obvious than it it could have been
+    // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been
     // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar
-    // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap and so the client size
-    // will not be correct as the difference between the total and client size
-    // changes - so we keep changing it until we get it right
+    // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect()
+    // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be
+    // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes --
+    // so we keep changing it until we get it right
     //
     // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but
     // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it
@@ -1618,28 +2065,21 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
         RECT rectClient;
         ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient);
 
-        // if the size is already ok, stop here (rectClient.left = top = 0)
+        // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0)
         if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) &&
              (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) )
         {
             break;
         }
 
-        int widthClient = width,
-            heightClient = height;
-
         // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
         // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
         // window
         RECT rectWin;
         ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin);
 
-        widthClient += rectWin.right - rectWin.left - rectClient.right;
-        heightClient += rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top - rectClient.bottom;
-
-        POINT point;
-        point.x = rectWin.left;
-        point.y = rectWin.top;
+        const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left,
+                  heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top;
 
         // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so
         // adjust if necessary
@@ -1648,19 +2088,54 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
             wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
             if ( parent )
             {
-                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point);
+                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin);
             }
         }
 
-        DoMoveWindow(point.x, point.y, widthClient, heightClient);
+        // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately
+        // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by
+        // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be
+        // really resized
+        if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(),
+                           rectWin.left,
+                           rectWin.top,
+                           width + widthWin - rectClient.right,
+                           height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom,
+                           TRUE) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
+        }
     }
 }
 
-// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
-// smaller
-wxPoint wxWindowMSW::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
+wxSize wxWindowMSW::DoGetBorderSize() const
 {
-    return wxPoint(0, 0);
+    wxCoord border;
+    switch ( GetBorder() )
+    {
+        case wxBORDER_STATIC:
+        case wxBORDER_SIMPLE:
+            border = 1;
+            break;
+
+        case wxBORDER_SUNKEN:
+            border = 2;
+            break;
+
+        case wxBORDER_RAISED:
+        case wxBORDER_DOUBLE:
+            border = 3;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unknown border style") );
+            // fall through
+
+        case wxBORDER_NONE:
+            border = 0;
+    }
+
+    return 2*wxSize(border, border);
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -1683,26 +2158,27 @@ int wxWindowMSW::GetCharWidth() const
 #endif
 }
 
-void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
-                             int *x, int *y,
-                             int *descent, int *externalLeading,
-                             const wxFont *theFont) const
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
+                                  int *x, int *y,
+                                  int *descent,
+                                  int *externalLeading,
+                                  const wxFont *fontToUse) const
 {
-    wxASSERT_MSG( !theFont || theFont->Ok(),
-                    _T("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") );
+    wxASSERT_MSG( !fontToUse || fontToUse->IsOk(),
+                    wxT("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") );
 
-    wxFont fontToUse;
-    if (theFont)
-        fontToUse = *theFont;
+    HFONT hfontToUse;
+    if ( fontToUse )
+        hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(*fontToUse);
     else
-        fontToUse = GetFont();
+        hfontToUse = GetHfontOf(GetFont());
 
     WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd());
-    SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, GetHfontOf(fontToUse));
+    SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, hfontToUse);
 
     SIZE sizeRect;
     TEXTMETRIC tm;
-    GetTextExtentPoint(hdc, string, string.length(), &sizeRect);
+    ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string.t_str(), string.length(), &sizeRect);
     GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
 
     if ( x )
@@ -1750,30 +2226,38 @@ static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly()
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
 {
-    menu->SetInvokingWindow(this);
     menu->UpdateUI();
 
+    wxPoint pt;
     if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord )
     {
-        wxPoint mouse = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition());
-        x = mouse.x; y = mouse.y;
+        pt = wxGetMousePosition();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        pt = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y));
     }
 
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu);
-    POINT point;
-    point.x = x;
-    point.y = y;
-    ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point);
-    wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu;
 #if defined(__WXWINCE__)
-    UINT flags = 0;
-#else
+    static const UINT flags = 0;
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
     UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON;
-#endif
-    ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, flags, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL);
+    // NT4 doesn't support TPM_RECURSE and simply doesn't show the menu at all
+    // when it's use, I'm not sure about Win95/98 but prefer to err on the safe
+    // side and not to use it there neither -- modify the test if it does work
+    // on these systems
+    if ( wxGetWinVersion() >= wxWinVersion_5 )
+    {
+        // using TPM_RECURSE allows us to show a popup menu while another menu
+        // is opened which can be useful and is supported by the other
+        // platforms, so allow it under Windows too
+        flags |= TPM_RECURSE;
+    }
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
+
+    ::TrackPopupMenu(GetHmenuOf(menu), flags, pt.x, pt.y, 0, GetHwnd(), NULL);
 
-    // we need to do it righ now as otherwise the events are never going to be
+    // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be
     // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand()
     //
     // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't
@@ -1782,10 +2266,6 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
     // for example) and so we do need to process the event immediately
     wxYieldForCommandsOnly();
 
-    wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
-
-    menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL);
-
     return true;
 }
 
@@ -1797,10 +2277,23 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
 
 WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
+    WXLRESULT rc;
     if ( m_oldWndProc )
-        return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
+        rc = ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
     else
-        return ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam);
+        rc = ::DefWindowProc(GetHwnd(), nMsg, wParam, lParam);
+
+    // Special hack used by wxTextEntry auto-completion only: this event is
+    // sent after the normal keyboard processing so that its handler could use
+    // the updated contents of the text control, after taking the key that was
+    // pressed into account.
+    if ( nMsg == WM_CHAR )
+    {
+        wxKeyEvent event(CreateCharEvent(wxEVT_AFTER_CHAR, wParam, lParam));
+        HandleWindowEvent(event);
+    }
+
+    return rc;
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
@@ -1822,35 +2315,36 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
             // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself,
             // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter
             // combinations which are always processed)
-            LONG lDlgCode = 0;
-            if ( !bCtrlDown )
-            {
-                lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
+            LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
 
-                // surprizingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the
-                // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically,
-                // it, of course, implies them
-                if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS )
-                {
-                    lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS;
-                }
+            // surprisingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the
+            // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically,
+            // it, of course, implies them
+            if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS )
+            {
+                lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS;
             }
 
             bool bForward = true,
-                 bWindowChange = false;
+                 bWindowChange = false,
+                 bFromTab = false;
 
             // should we process this message specially?
             bool bProcess = true;
             switch ( msg->wParam )
             {
                 case VK_TAB:
-                    if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB ) {
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bCtrlDown )
+                    {
+                        // let the control have the TAB
                         bProcess = false;
                     }
-                    else {
+                    else // use it for navigation
+                    {
                         // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages
                         bWindowChange = bCtrlDown;
                         bForward = !bShiftDown;
+                        bFromTab = true;
                     }
                     break;
 
@@ -1868,35 +2362,28 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
                         bProcess = false;
                     break;
 
-                case VK_ESCAPE:
-                    {
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-                        wxButton *btn = wxDynamicCast(FindWindow(wxID_CANCEL),
-                                                      wxButton);
-                        if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
-                        {
-                            // if we do have a cancel button, do press it
-                            btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
-
-                            // we consumed the message
-                            return true;
-                        }
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
+                case VK_PRIOR:
+                    bForward = false;
+                    // fall through
 
+                case VK_NEXT:
+                    // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that
+                    // a control which needs arrows also needs them for
+                    // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...)
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) && !bCtrlDown )
                         bProcess = false;
-                    }
+                    else // OTOH Ctrl-PageUp/Dn works as [Shift-]Ctrl-Tab
+                        bWindowChange = true;
                     break;
 
                 case VK_RETURN:
                     {
-                        if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE) && !bCtrlDown )
-                        {
-                            // control wants to process Enter itself, don't
-                            // call IsDialogMessage() which would interpret
-                            // it
-                            return false;
-                        }
-                        else if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_BUTTON )
+#if wxUSE_BUTTON
+                        // currently active button should get enter press even
+                        // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if
+                        // this window is a button first
+                        wxWindow *btn = NULL;
+                        if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON )
                         {
                             // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all
                             // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it
@@ -1905,51 +2392,83 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
                             if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW )
                             {
                                 // emulate the button click
-                                wxWindow *btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd);
-                                if ( btn )
-                                    btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+                                btn = wxFindWinFromHandle(msg->hwnd);
                             }
-
-                            bProcess = false;
                         }
-                        // FIXME: this should be handled by
-                        //        wxNavigationKeyEvent handler and not here!!
-                        else
+                        else // not a button itself, do we have default button?
                         {
-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-                            wxButton *btn = wxDynamicCast(GetDefaultItem(),
-                                                          wxButton);
-                            if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
+                            // check if this window or any of its ancestors
+                            // wants the message for itself (we always reserve
+                            // Ctrl-Enter for dialog navigation though)
+                            wxWindow *win = this;
+                            if ( !bCtrlDown )
                             {
-                                // if we do have a default button, do press it
-                                btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+                                // this will contain the dialog code of this
+                                // window and all of its parent windows in turn
+                                LONG lDlgCode2 = lDlgCode;
 
-                                return true;
-                            }
-                            else // no default button
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-                            {
-                                // this is a quick and dirty test for a text
-                                // control
-                                if ( !(lDlgCode & DLGC_HASSETSEL) )
-                                {
-                                    // don't process Enter, the control might
-                                    // need it for itself and don't let
-                                    // ::IsDialogMessage() have it as it can
-                                    // eat the Enter events sometimes
-                                    return false;
-                                }
-                                else if (!IsTopLevel())
+                                while ( win )
                                 {
-                                    // if not a top level window, let parent
-                                    // handle it
-                                    return false;
+                                    if ( lDlgCode2 & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE )
+                                    {
+                                        // as it wants to process Enter itself,
+                                        // don't call IsDialogMessage() which
+                                        // would consume it
+                                        return false;
+                                    }
+
+                                    // don't propagate keyboard messages beyond
+                                    // the first top level window parent
+                                    if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
+                                        break;
+
+                                    win = win->GetParent();
+
+                                    lDlgCode2 = ::SendMessage
+                                                  (
+                                                    GetHwndOf(win),
+                                                    WM_GETDLGCODE,
+                                                    0,
+                                                    0
+                                                  );
                                 }
-                                //else: treat Enter as TAB: pass to the next
-                                //      control as this is the best thing to do
-                                //      if the text doesn't handle Enter itself
                             }
+                            else // bCtrlDown
+                            {
+                                win = wxGetTopLevelParent(win);
+                            }
+
+                            wxTopLevelWindow * const
+                                tlw = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow);
+                            if ( tlw )
+                            {
+                                btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(),
+                                                    wxButton);
+                            }
+                        }
+
+                        if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
+                        {
+                            btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+                            return true;
                         }
+
+                        // This "Return" key press won't be actually used for
+                        // navigation so don't generate wxNavigationKeyEvent
+                        // for it but still pass it to IsDialogMessage() as it
+                        // may handle it in some other way (e.g. by playing the
+                        // default error sound).
+                        bProcess = false;
+
+#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                        // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs
+                        wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN);
+                        event.SetEventObject(this);
+                        if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) )
+                            return true;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
                     }
                     break;
 
@@ -1962,99 +2481,25 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
                 wxNavigationKeyEvent event;
                 event.SetDirection(bForward);
                 event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange);
+                event.SetFromTab(bFromTab);
                 event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-                if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+                if ( HandleWindowEvent(event) )
                 {
+                    // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of
+                    // this by default, we need to manually send this message
+                    // so that controls can change their UI state if needed
+                    MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS);
+
                     return true;
                 }
             }
         }
 
-        // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the
-        // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is
-        // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in
-        // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog
-        if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN || msg->wParam != VK_ESCAPE )
+        if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) )
         {
-            // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the
-            // application by going into an infinite loop, so we try to detect
-            // [some of] the situatations when this may happen and not call it
-            // then
-
-            // assume we can call it by default
-            bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
-
-            HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
-
-            // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter
-            // an infinite loop, because it will recursively check the child
-            // windows but not the window itself and so if none of the children
-            // accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops when it gets
-            // back to the window it started from)
-            //
-            // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT
-            // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if
-            // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static
-            // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input.
-#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
-            if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
-            {
-                // passimistic by default
-                canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
-                for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
-                      node;
-                      node = node->GetNext() )
-                {
-                    wxWindow * const win = node->GetData();
-                    if ( win->AcceptsFocus() &&
-                            !(::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(win), GWL_EXSTYLE) &
-                                WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
-                    {
-                        // it shouldn't hang...
-                        canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
-
-                        break;
-                    }
-                }
-            }
-#endif // !__WXWINCE__
-
-            if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg )
-            {
-                // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the
-                // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its
-                // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in
-                // this case
-                while ( hwndFocus )
-                {
-                    if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) ||
-                            !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) )
-                    {
-                        // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this!
-                        canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
-
-                        break;
-                    }
-
-                    if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) )
-                    {
-                        // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even
-                        // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't
-                        // break navigation inside the dialog
-                        break;
-                    }
-
-                    hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus);
-                }
-            }
-
-            // let IsDialogMessage() have the message if it's safe to call it
-            if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg && ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) )
-            {
-                // IsDialogMessage() did something...
-                return true;
-            }
+            // IsDialogMessage() did something...
+            return true;
         }
     }
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
@@ -2065,7 +2510,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
         // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
         MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
         if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )
-            m_tooltip->RelayEvent(pMsg);
+            wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg);
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
@@ -2082,10 +2527,95 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
 #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* WXUNUSED(pMsg))
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg)
 {
-    // preprocess all messages by default
-    return true;
+    // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of
+    // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our
+    // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations
+
+    // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the
+    // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is
+    // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in
+    // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog
+    if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by
+    // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give
+    // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the
+    // situations when this may happen and not call it then
+    if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR )
+        return true;
+
+    // assume we can call it by default
+    bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
+
+    HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
+
+    // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style,
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will
+    // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if
+    // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops
+    // when it gets back to the window it started from)
+    //
+    // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT
+    // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if
+    // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static
+    // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input.
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+    {
+        // pessimistic by default
+        canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
+        for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+              node;
+              node = node->GetNext() )
+        {
+            wxWindow * const win = node->GetData();
+            if ( win->CanAcceptFocus() &&
+                    !wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
+            {
+                // it shouldn't hang...
+                canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
+
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+    if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg )
+    {
+        // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the
+        // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its
+        // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in
+        // this case
+        while ( hwndFocus )
+        {
+            if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) ||
+                    !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) )
+            {
+                // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this!
+                canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
+
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) )
+            {
+                // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even
+                // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't
+                // break navigation inside the dialog
+                break;
+            }
+
+            hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg;
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2154,14 +2684,20 @@ wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook()
 // Main window proc
 LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 {
-    // trace all messages - useful for the debugging
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages,
-               wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%08lx, wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"),
-               wxGetMessageName(message), (long)hWnd, (long)wParam, lParam);
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+    // trace all messages: useful for the debugging but noticeably slows down
+    // the code so don't do it by default
+#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2
+    // notice that we cast wParam and lParam to long to avoid mismatch with
+    // format specifiers in 64 bit builds where they are both int64 quantities
+    //
+    // casting like this loses information, of course, but it shouldn't matter
+    // much for this diagnostic code and it keeps the code simple
+    wxLogTrace("winmsg",
+               wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%p, wParam=%08lx, lParam=%08lx)"),
+               wxGetMessageName(message), hWnd, (long)wParam, (long)lParam);
+#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2
 
-    wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+    wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd);
 
     // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate
     // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated
@@ -2175,7 +2711,7 @@ LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM w
 
     LRESULT rc;
 
-    if ( wnd )
+    if ( wnd && wxGUIEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) )
         rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
     else
         rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);
@@ -2183,7 +2719,11 @@ LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM w
     return rc;
 }
 
-WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::MSWHandleMessage(WXLRESULT *result,
+                              WXUINT message,
+                              WXWPARAM wParam,
+                              WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
     // did we process the message?
     bool processed = false;
@@ -2193,7 +2733,6 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
     {
         bool        allow;
         WXLRESULT   result;
-        WXHICON     hIcon;
         WXHBRUSH    hBrush;
     } rc;
 
@@ -2222,6 +2761,10 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
             (void)HandleDestroy();
             break;
 
+        case WM_SIZE:
+            processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam);
+            break;
+
         case WM_MOVE:
             processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
             break;
@@ -2244,13 +2787,19 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
                 }
             }
             break;
-#endif
 
-        case WM_SIZE:
-            processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam);
+        case WM_ENTERSIZEMOVE:
+            {
+                processed = HandleEnterSizeMove();
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE:
+            {
+                processed = HandleExitSizeMove();
+            }
             break;
 
-#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
         case WM_SIZING:
             {
                 LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam;
@@ -2268,10 +2817,11 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
                 }
             }
             break;
-#endif
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
 
 #if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
         case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
+            // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event
             wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus());
             break;
 #endif
@@ -2287,59 +2837,41 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
             break;
 
         case WM_SETFOCUS:
-            processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
+            processed = HandleSetFocus((WXHWND)wParam);
             break;
 
         case WM_KILLFOCUS:
-            processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
+            processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)wParam);
+            break;
+
+        case WM_PRINTCLIENT:
+            processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam);
             break;
 
         case WM_PAINT:
+            if ( wParam )
             {
-                if ( wParam )
-                {
-                    // cast to wxWindow is needed for wxUniv
-                    wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam);
-                    processed = HandlePaint();
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    processed = HandlePaint();
-                }
-                break;
-            }
+                wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam);
 
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-        case WM_PRINT:
+                processed = HandlePaint();
+            }
+            else // no DC given
             {
-#if wxUSE_LISTCTRL
-                // Don't call the wx handlers in this case
-                if ( wxIsKindOf(this, wxListCtrl) )
-                    break;
-#endif
-
-                if ( lParam & PRF_ERASEBKGND )
-                    HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)(HDC)wParam);
-
-                wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam);
                 processed = HandlePaint();
             }
             break;
-#endif
 
         case WM_CLOSE:
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
             // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive
             // close events unless we have this.
             Close();
-            processed = true;
-            rc.result = TRUE;
-#else
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+
             // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it
             // ourselves in ~wxWindow
             processed = true;
             rc.result = TRUE;
-#endif
             break;
 
         case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
@@ -2352,67 +2884,31 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
                                         wParam);
             break;
 
-            // Seems to be broken currently
-#if 0 // ndef __WXWINCE__
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
         case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
-           {
-            wxASSERT_MSG( !m_mouseInWindow, wxT("the mouse should be in a window to generate this event!") );
-
-            // only process this message if the mouse is not in the window,
-            // This can also check for children in composite windows.
-            // however, this may mean the the wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW is never sent
-            // if the mouse does not enter the window from it's child before
-            // leaving the scope of the window. ( perhaps this can be picked
-            // up in the OnIdle code as before, for this special case )
-            if ( /*IsComposite() && */ !IsMouseInWindow() )
+            // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu()
+            // (on XP at least)
+            if ( m_mouseInWindow )
             {
-                m_mouseInWindow = false;
-
-                // Unfortunately no mouse state is passed with a WM_MOUSE_LEAVE
-                int state = 0;
-                if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
-                    state |= MK_SHIFT;
-                if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
-                    state |= MK_CONTROL;
-                if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) )
-                    state |= MK_LBUTTON;
-                if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) )
-                    state |= MK_MBUTTON;
-                if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) )
-                    state |= MK_RBUTTON;
-
-                POINT pt;
-                if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
-                {
-                    wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos"));
-                }
-
-                // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
-                // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
-                RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
-                pt.x -= rect.left;
-                pt.y -= rect.top;
-
-                wxMouseEvent event2(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
-                InitMouseEvent(event2, pt.x, pt.y, state);
-
-                (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
+                GenerateMouseLeave();
             }
+
             // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window
-            // manager to process the message too.  This is needed to ensure
-            // windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves over widgets
-            // like buttons.
-            processed = false;
-           }
-           break;
-#endif
- // __WXWINCE__
+            // manager to process the message too.  This is needed to
+            // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves
+            // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here.
+            break;
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
         case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
-            processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam);
+            processed = HandleMouseWheel(wxMOUSE_WHEEL_VERTICAL, wParam, lParam);
             break;
-#endif
+
+        case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
+            processed = HandleMouseWheel(wxMOUSE_WHEEL_HORIZONTAL, wParam, lParam);
+            break;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
 
         case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
         case WM_LBUTTONUP:
@@ -2423,6 +2919,11 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
         case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
         case WM_MBUTTONUP:
         case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
+#ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON
+        case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_XBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK:
+#endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON
             {
 #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
                 // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is
@@ -2449,8 +2950,10 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
                 int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
                     y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
 
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
                 // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by
-                // finding one under mouse
+                // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls
+                // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY)
                 wxWindowMSW *win;
                 if ( GetCapture() == this )
                 {
@@ -2464,8 +2967,41 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
 
                     // this should never happen
                     wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0,
-                                 _T("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") );
+                                 wxT("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") );
+                }
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+                if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN)
+                {
+                    SHRGINFO shrgi = {0};
+
+                    shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO);
+                    shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND();
+                    shrgi.ptDown.x = x;
+                    shrgi.ptDown.y = y;
+
+                    shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD;
+                    // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT;
+
+                    if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi))
+                    {
+                        wxPoint pt(x, y);
+                        pt = ClientToScreen(pt);
+
+                        wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);
+
+                        evtCtx.SetEventObject(this);
+                        if (HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx))
+                        {
+                            processed = true;
+                            return true;
+                        }
+                    }
                 }
+#endif
+
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
+                wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
 
                 processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam);
 
@@ -2478,7 +3014,7 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
                     // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow)
                     if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() )
                     {
-                        if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->AcceptsFocus() )
+                        if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->IsFocusable() )
                             win->SetFocus();
                     }
                 }
@@ -2495,8 +3031,8 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
         case MM_JOY1BUTTONUP:
         case MM_JOY2BUTTONUP:
             processed = HandleJoystickEvent(message,
-                                            GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
-                                            GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
+                                            LOWORD(lParam),
+                                            HIWORD(lParam),
                                             wParam);
             break;
 #endif // __WXMICROWIN__
@@ -2531,33 +3067,25 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
             // for these messages we must return true if process the message
 #ifdef WM_DRAWITEM
         case WM_DRAWITEM:
-        case WM_MEASUREITEM:
-            {
-                int idCtrl = (UINT)wParam;
-                if ( message == WM_DRAWITEM )
-                {
-                    processed = MSWOnDrawItem(idCtrl,
-                                              (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
-                }
-                else
-                {
-                    processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(idCtrl,
-                                                 (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
-                }
+            processed = MSWOnDrawItem(wParam, (WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
+            if ( processed )
+                rc.result = TRUE;
+            break;
 
-                if ( processed )
-                    rc.result = TRUE;
-            }
+        case WM_MEASUREITEM:
+            processed = MSWOnMeasureItem(wParam, (WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)lParam);
+            if ( processed )
+                rc.result = TRUE;
             break;
 #endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM)
 
         case WM_GETDLGCODE:
-            if ( !IsOfStandardClass() )
+            if ( !IsOfStandardClass() || HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) )
             {
                 // we always want to get the char events
                 rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS;
 
-                if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxWANTS_CHARS )
+                if ( HasFlag(wxWANTS_CHARS) )
                 {
                     // in fact, we want everything
                     rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS |
@@ -2572,32 +3100,36 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
 
         case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
         case WM_KEYDOWN:
-            // If this has been processed by an event handler, return 0 now
-            // (we've handled it).
+            // Generate the key down event in any case.
             m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam);
             if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed )
             {
+                // If it was processed by an event handler, we stop here,
+                // notably we intentionally don't generate char event then.
                 processed = true;
             }
-
-            if ( !processed )
+            else // key down event not handled
             {
+                // Examine the event to decide whether we need to generate a
+                // char event for it ourselves or let Windows do it. Window
+                // mostly only does it for the keys which produce printable
+                // characters (although there are exceptions, e.g. VK_ESCAPE or
+                // VK_BACK (but not VK_DELETE)) while we do it for all keys
+                // except the modifier ones (the wisdom of this is debatable
+                // but by now this decision is enshrined forever due to
+                // backwards compatibility).
                 switch ( wParam )
                 {
-                    // we consider these message "not interesting" to OnChar, so
-                    // just don't do anything more with them
+                    // No wxEVT_CHAR events are generated for these keys at all.
                     case VK_SHIFT:
                     case VK_CONTROL:
                     case VK_MENU:
                     case VK_CAPITAL:
                     case VK_NUMLOCK:
                     case VK_SCROLL:
-                        processed = true;
-                        break;
 
-                    // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys:
-                    // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received
-                    // in WM_CHAR
+                    // Windows will send us WM_CHAR for these ones so we'll
+                    // generate wxEVT_CHAR for them later when we get it.
                     case VK_ESCAPE:
                     case VK_SPACE:
                     case VK_RETURN:
@@ -2607,6 +3139,17 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
                     case VK_SUBTRACT:
                     case VK_MULTIPLY:
                     case VK_DIVIDE:
+                    case VK_DECIMAL:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD0:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD1:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD2:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD3:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD4:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD5:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD6:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD7:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD8:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD9:
                     case VK_OEM_1:
                     case VK_OEM_2:
                     case VK_OEM_3:
@@ -2614,14 +3157,11 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
                     case VK_OEM_5:
                     case VK_OEM_6:
                     case VK_OEM_7:
+                    case VK_OEM_102:
                     case VK_OEM_PLUS:
                     case VK_OEM_COMMA:
                     case VK_OEM_MINUS:
                     case VK_OEM_PERIOD:
-                        // but set processed to false, not true to still pass them
-                        // to the control's default window proc - otherwise
-                        // built-in keyboard handling won't work
-                        processed = false;
                         break;
 
 #ifdef VK_APPS
@@ -2633,8 +3173,32 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
 #endif // VK_APPS
 
                     default:
-                        // do generate a CHAR event
-                        processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
+                        if ( (wParam >= '0' && wParam <= '9') ||
+                                (wParam >= 'A' && wParam <= 'Z') )
+                        {
+                            // We'll get WM_CHAR for those later too.
+                            break;
+                        }
+
+                        // But for the rest we won't get WM_CHAR later so we do
+                        // need to generate the event right now.
+                        wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR);
+                        InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam);
+
+                        // Set the "extended" bit in lParam because we want to
+                        // generate CHAR events with WXK_HOME and not
+                        // WXK_NUMPAD_HOME even if the "Home" key on numpad was
+                        // pressed.
+                        event.m_keyCode = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX
+                                          (
+                                            wParam,
+                                            lParam | (KF_EXTENDED << 16)
+                                          );
+
+                        // Don't produce events without any valid character
+                        // code (even if this shouldn't normally happen...).
+                        if ( event.m_keyCode != WXK_NONE )
+                            processed = HandleWindowEvent(event);
                 }
             }
             if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN)  // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs
@@ -2668,16 +3232,33 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
             }
             else
             {
-                processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, true);
+                processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
             }
             break;
 
+        case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION:
+            // IME popup needs Escape as it should undo the changes in its
+            // entry window instead of e.g. closing the dialog for which the
+            // IME is used (and losing all the changes in the IME window).
+            gs_modalEntryWindowCount++;
+            break;
+
+        case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION:
+            gs_modalEntryWindowCount--;
+            break;
+
 #if wxUSE_HOTKEY
         case WM_HOTKEY:
             processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam);
             break;
 #endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY
 
+        case WM_CUT:
+        case WM_COPY:
+        case WM_PASTE:
+            processed = HandleClipboardEvent(message);
+            break;
+
         case WM_HSCROLL:
         case WM_VSCROLL:
             {
@@ -2723,11 +3304,15 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
 #endif
 
         case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
-            processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
+            processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND)wParam);
             break;
 
         case WM_CAPTURECHANGED:
-            processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) lParam);
+            processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND)lParam);
+            break;
+
+        case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
+            processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam);
             break;
 
         case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
@@ -2735,7 +3320,17 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
             break;
 
         case WM_ERASEBKGND:
-            processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)(HDC)wParam);
+            {
+#ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK
+                // check if an override was configured for this window
+                EraseBgHooks::const_iterator it = gs_eraseBgHooks.find(this);
+                if ( it != gs_eraseBgHooks.end() )
+                    processed = it->second->MSWEraseBgHook((WXHDC)wParam);
+                else
+#endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK
+                    processed = HandleEraseBkgnd((WXHDC)wParam);
+            }
+
             if ( processed )
             {
                 // we processed the message, i.e. erased the background
@@ -2750,7 +3345,7 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
 #endif
 
         case WM_INITDIALOG:
-            processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
+            processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)wParam);
 
             if ( processed )
             {
@@ -2774,7 +3369,7 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
 #endif
 
         case WM_SETCURSOR:
-            processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam,
+            processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)wParam,
                                         LOWORD(lParam),     // hit test
                                         HIWORD(lParam));    // mouse msg
 
@@ -2804,50 +3399,48 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
 #if defined(WM_HELP)
         case WM_HELP:
             {
-                // HELPINFO doesn't seem to be supported on WinCE.
+                // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards
+                // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already
+                // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want
+                // to get the other events if we process this message at all
+                processed = true;
+
+                // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE
 #ifndef __WXWINCE__
                 HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam;
-                // Don't yet process menu help events, just windows
-                if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW)
+                if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW )
                 {
-#endif
-                    wxWindowMSW* subjectOfHelp = this;
-                    bool eventProcessed = false;
-                    while (subjectOfHelp && !eventProcessed)
-                    {
-                        wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP,
-                                              subjectOfHelp->GetId(),
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+                    wxHelpEvent helpEvent
+                                (
+                                    wxEVT_HELP,
+                                    GetId(),
 #ifdef __WXWINCE__
-                                              wxPoint(0, 0)
+                                    wxGetMousePosition() // what else?
 #else
-                                              wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y)
+                                    wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y)
 #endif
-                                              );
-
-                        helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
-                        eventProcessed =
-                            GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+                                );
 
-                        // Go up the window hierarchy until the event is
-                        // handled (or not)
-                        subjectOfHelp = subjectOfHelp->GetParent();
-                    }
-
-                    processed = eventProcessed;
+                    helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+                    HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent);
 #ifndef __WXWINCE__
                 }
-                else if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM)
+                else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM )
                 {
                     wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId);
                     helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
-                    processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+                    HandleWindowEvent(helpEvent);
 
                 }
-                //else: processed is already false
-#endif
+                else // unknown help event?
+                {
+                    processed = false;
+                }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
             }
             break;
-#endif
+#endif // WM_HELP
 
 #if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
         case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
@@ -2861,20 +3454,22 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
                 // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back
                 // to it if this is the case
                 wxWindowMSW *win = NULL;
-                if ( (WXHWND)wParam != m_hWnd )
+                WXHWND hWnd = (WXHWND)wParam;
+                if ( hWnd != m_hWnd )
                 {
-                    win = FindItemByHWND((WXHWND)wParam);
+                    win = FindItemByHWND(hWnd);
                 }
 
                 if ( !win )
                     win = this;
 
                 evtCtx.SetEventObject(win);
-                processed = win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx);
+                processed = win->HandleWindowEvent(evtCtx);
             }
             break;
 #endif
 
+#if wxUSE_MENUS
         case WM_MENUCHAR:
             // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU
             if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP )
@@ -2888,56 +3483,195 @@ WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM l
                 }
             }
             break;
-    }
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
 
-    if ( !processed )
-    {
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-        wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."),
-                   wxGetMessageName(message));
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-        rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
-    }
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+        case WM_POWERBROADCAST:
+            {
+                bool vetoed;
+                processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed);
+                rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE;
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
 
-    return rc.result;
-}
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+        // If we want the default themed border then we need to draw it ourselves
+        case WM_NCCALCSIZE:
+            {
+                wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
+                const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder());
+                if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME)
+                {
+                    // first ask the widget to calculate the border size
+                    rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+                    processed = true;
 
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// wxWindow <-> HWND map
-// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+                    // now alter the client size making room for drawing a
+                    // themed border
+                    RECT *rect;
+                    NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *csparam = NULL;
+                    if ( wParam )
+                    {
+                        csparam = (NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS *)lParam;
+                        rect = &csparam->rgrc[0];
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        rect = (RECT *)lParam;
+                    }
 
-wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash = NULL;
+                    wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT");
+                    RECT rcClient = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
+                    wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this);
+                    wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl();
+
+                    if ( theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect
+                                (
+                                 hTheme,
+                                 GetHdcOf(*impl),
+                                 EP_EDITTEXT,
+                                 ETS_NORMAL,
+                                 rect,
+                                 &rcClient) == S_OK )
+                    {
+                        InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1);
+                        if (wParam)
+                            csparam->rgrc[0] = rcClient;
+                        else
+                            *((RECT*)lParam) = rcClient;
 
-wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
-{
-    return (wxWindow*)wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd);
-}
+                        // WVR_REDRAW triggers a bug whereby child windows are moved up and left,
+                        // so don't use.
+                        // rc.result = WVR_REDRAW;
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            break;
 
-void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
-{
-    // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and
-    // (secondly) breaks menu command processing
-    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND)NULL,
-                 wxT("attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list ignored") );
+        case WM_NCPAINT:
+            {
+                wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
+                const wxBorder border = TranslateBorder(GetBorder());
+                if (theme && border == wxBORDER_THEME)
+                {
+                    // first ask the widget to paint its non-client area, such as scrollbars, etc.
+                    rc.result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+                    processed = true;
 
-    wxWindow *oldWin = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) )
-    {
-        wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"),
-                   (int) hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
-    }
-    else
-#endif // __WXDEBUG__
-    if (!oldWin)
-    {
-        wxWinHandleHash->Put((long)hWnd, (wxWindow *)win);
-    }
+                    wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, L"EDIT");
+                    wxWindowDC dc((wxWindow *)this);
+                    wxMSWDCImpl *impl = (wxMSWDCImpl*) dc.GetImpl();
+
+                    // Clip the DC so that you only draw on the non-client area
+                    RECT rcBorder;
+                    wxCopyRectToRECT(GetSize(), rcBorder);
+
+                    RECT rcClient;
+                    theme->GetThemeBackgroundContentRect(
+                        hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL, &rcBorder, &rcClient);
+                    InflateRect(&rcClient, -1, -1);
+
+                    ::ExcludeClipRect(GetHdcOf(*impl), rcClient.left, rcClient.top,
+                                      rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom);
+
+                    // Make sure the background is in a proper state
+                    if (theme->IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(hTheme, EP_EDITTEXT, ETS_NORMAL))
+                    {
+                        theme->DrawThemeParentBackground(GetHwnd(), GetHdcOf(*impl), &rcBorder);
+                    }
+
+                    // Draw the border
+                    int nState;
+                    if ( !IsEnabled() )
+                        nState = ETS_DISABLED;
+                    // should we check this?
+                    //else if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE) & ES_READONLY)
+                    //    nState = ETS_READONLY;
+                    else
+                        nState = ETS_NORMAL;
+                    theme->DrawThemeBackground(hTheme, GetHdcOf(*impl), EP_EDITTEXT, nState, &rcBorder, NULL);
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+#endif // wxUSE_UXTHEME
+
+        default:
+            // try a custom message handler
+            const MSWMessageHandlers::const_iterator
+                i = gs_messageHandlers.find(message);
+            if ( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() )
+            {
+                processed = (*i->second)(this, message, wParam, lParam);
+            }
+    }
+
+    if ( !processed )
+        return false;
+
+    *result = rc.result;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    WXLRESULT result;
+    if ( !MSWHandleMessage(&result, message, wParam, lParam) )
+    {
+#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2
+        wxLogTrace("winmsg", wxT("Forwarding %s to DefWindowProc."),
+                   wxGetMessageName(message));
+#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2
+        result = MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWindow <-> HWND map
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(HWND hwnd)
+{
+    WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd);
+    return i == gs_windowHandles.end() ? NULL : i->second;
+}
+
+void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hwnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
+{
+    // adding NULL hwnd is (first) surely a result of an error and
+    // (secondly) breaks menu command processing
+    wxCHECK_RET( hwnd != (HWND)NULL,
+                 wxT("attempt to add a NULL hwnd to window list ignored") );
+
+#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL
+    WindowHandles::const_iterator i = gs_windowHandles.find(hwnd);
+    if ( i != gs_windowHandles.end() )
+    {
+        if ( i->second != win )
+        {
+            wxFAIL_MSG(
+                wxString::Format(
+                    wxT("HWND %p already associated with another window (%s)"),
+                    hwnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName()
+                )
+            );
+        }
+        //else: this actually happens currently because we associate the window
+        //      with its HWND during creation (if we create it) and also when
+        //      SubclassWin() is called later, this is ok
+    }
+#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL
+
+    gs_windowHandles[hwnd] = (wxWindow *)win;
 }
 
 void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
-    wxWinHandleHash->Delete((long)win->GetHWND());
+    gs_windowHandles.erase(GetHwndOf(win));
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -2950,33 +3684,22 @@ void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow()
 {
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
                                            const wxSize& size,
                                            int& x, int& y,
                                            int& w, int& h) const
 {
-    // yes, those are just some arbitrary hardcoded numbers
-    static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200;
-
-    bool nonDefault = false;
+    // CW_USEDEFAULT can't be used for child windows so just position them at
+    // the origin by default
+    x = pos.x == wxDefaultCoord ? 0 : pos.x;
+    y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? 0 : pos.y;
 
-    if ( pos.x == wxDefaultCoord )
-    {
-        // if x is set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we
-        // can just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well
-        x =
-        y = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // OTOH, if x is not set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y shouldn't be set to it
-        // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then
-        // and so we have to choose some default value for it
-        x = pos.x;
-        y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y;
+    AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y);
 
-        nonDefault = true;
-    }
+    // We don't have any clearly good choice for the size by default neither
+    // but we must use something non-zero.
+    w = WidthDefault(size.x);
+    h = HeightDefault(size.y);
 
     /*
       NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the
@@ -2994,49 +3717,6 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
           this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it
           already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent.
      */
-
-
-    // we don't use CW_USEDEFAULT here for several reasons:
-    //
-    //  1. it results in huge frames on modern screens (1000*800 is not
-    //     uncommon on my 1280*1024 screen) which is way too big for a half
-    //     empty frame of most of wxWidgets samples for example)
-    //
-    //  2. it is buggy for frames with wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW style for which
-    //     the default is for whatever reason 8*8 which breaks client <->
-    //     window size calculations (it would be nice if it didn't, but it
-    //     does and the simplest way to fix it seemed to change the broken
-    //     default size anyhow)
-    //
-    //  3. there is just no advantage in doing it: with x and y it is
-    //     possible that [future versions of] Windows position the new top
-    //     level window in some smart way which we can't do, but we can
-    //     guess a reasonably good size for a new window just as well
-    //     ourselves
-
-    // However, on PocketPC devices, we must use the default
-    // size if possible.
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
-    if (size.x == wxDefaultCoord)
-        w = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    else
-        w = size.x;
-    if (size.y == wxDefaultCoord)
-        h = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    else
-        h = size.y;
-#else
-    if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord || size.y == wxDefaultCoord)
-    {
-        nonDefault = true;
-    }
-    w = WidthDefault(size.x);
-    h = HeightDefault(size.y);
-#endif
-
-    AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y);
-
-    return nonDefault;
 }
 
 WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const
@@ -3051,6 +3731,17 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
                             WXDWORD style,
                             WXDWORD extendedStyle)
 {
+    // check a common bug in the user code: if the window is created with a
+    // non-default ctor and Create() is called too, we'd create 2 HWND for a
+    // single wxWindow object and this results in all sorts of trouble,
+    // especially for wxTLWs
+    wxCHECK_MSG( !m_hWnd, true, "window can't be recreated" );
+
+    // this can happen if this function is called using the return value of
+    // wxApp::GetRegisteredClassName() which failed
+    wxCHECK_MSG( wclass, false, "failed to register window class?" );
+
+
     // choose the position/size for the new window
     int x, y, w, h;
     (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h);
@@ -3065,48 +3756,28 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
     wxString className(wclass);
     if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) )
     {
-        className += wxT("NR");
+        className += wxApp::GetNoRedrawClassSuffix();
     }
 
     // do create the window
     wxWindowCreationHook hook(this);
 
-    // VZ: anyone care to explain why this is done for CE?
-#ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    if (extendedStyle == 0)
-    {
-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindow
-            (
-            className,
-            title ? title : wxEmptyString,
-            style,
-            x, y, w, h,
-            (HWND)MSWGetParent(),
-            (HMENU)controlId,
-            wxGetInstance(),
-            NULL                        // no extra data
-            );
-    }
-    else
-#endif // __WXWINCE__
-    {
-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx
-            (
-            extendedStyle,
-            className,
-            title ? title : wxEmptyString,
-            style,
-            x, y, w, h,
-            (HWND)MSWGetParent(),
-            (HMENU)controlId,
-            wxGetInstance(),
-            NULL                        // no extra data
-            );
-    }
+    m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx
+                       (
+                        extendedStyle,
+                        className.t_str(),
+                        title ? title : m_windowName.t_str(),
+                        style,
+                        x, y, w, h,
+                        (HWND)MSWGetParent(),
+                        (HMENU)wxUIntToPtr(controlId),
+                        wxGetInstance(),
+                        NULL                        // no extra data
+                       );
 
     if ( !m_hWnd )
     {
-        wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), wclass);
+        wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str());
 
         return false;
     }
@@ -3124,14 +3795,12 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
 // WM_NOTIFY
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-#ifdef __WIN95__
-
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)
 {
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
     LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam;
     HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom;
-    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd);
+    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd);
 
     // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself
     if ( win )
@@ -3209,7 +3878,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code,
         // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have
         // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would
         // return an error
-        size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.Len(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1);
+        size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1);
 
         // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL
         // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient).
@@ -3217,7 +3886,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code,
                     (
                         CP_ACP,
                         0,                      // no flags
-                        ttip,
+                        ttip.t_str(),
                         tipLength,
                         buf,
                         WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1
@@ -3225,7 +3894,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code,
 
         if ( !len )
         {
-            wxLogLastError(_T("MultiByteToWideChar()"));
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("MultiByteToWideChar()"));
         }
 
         buf[len] = L'\0';
@@ -3238,8 +3907,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code,
         // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have
         // to copy the string we have into the buffer
         static wxChar buf[513];
-        wxStrncpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1);
-        buf[WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1] = _T('\0');
+        wxStrlcpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf));
         ttText->lpszText = buf;
     }
 
@@ -3269,15 +3937,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
     return false;
 }
 
-#endif // __WIN95__
-
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // end session messages
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
 {
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+#ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
     wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY);
     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
     event.SetCanVeto(true);
@@ -3294,13 +3960,15 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
 
     return rc;
 #else
+    wxUnusedVar(logOff);
+    wxUnusedVar(mayEnd);
     return false;
 #endif
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
 {
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+#ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
     // do nothing if the session isn't ending
     if ( !endSession )
         return false;
@@ -3312,10 +3980,12 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
     wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY);
     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
     event.SetCanVeto(false);
-    event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
+    event.SetLoggingOff((logOff & ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) != 0);
 
     return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
 #else
+    wxUnusedVar(endSession);
+    wxUnusedVar(logOff);
     return false;
 #endif
 }
@@ -3324,7 +3994,8 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
 // window creation/destruction
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT cs, bool *mayCreate)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs),
+                               bool *mayCreate)
 {
     // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support
     //     WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally,
@@ -3332,14 +4003,8 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT cs, bool *mayCreate)
 #ifndef __WXWINCE__
     if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
         EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent());
-#else
-    wxUnusedVar(cs);
 #endif // !__WXWINCE__
 
-    // TODO: should generate this event from WM_NCCREATE
-    wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
-    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-
     *mayCreate = true;
 
     return true;
@@ -3347,16 +4012,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT cs, bool *mayCreate)
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()
 {
-    SendDestroyEvent();
-
     // delete our drop target if we've got one
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
     if ( m_dropTarget != NULL )
     {
         m_dropTarget->Revoke(m_hWnd);
 
-        delete m_dropTarget;
-        m_dropTarget = NULL;
+        wxDELETE(m_dropTarget);
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
@@ -3377,7 +4039,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state,
                           m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
@@ -3392,7 +4054,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation
     // purposes that we got it
     wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this);
-    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventFocus);
+    (void)HandleWindowEvent(eventFocus);
 
 #if wxUSE_CARET
     // Deal with caret
@@ -3402,22 +4064,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CARET
 
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
-    // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler
-    if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) )
-    {
-        return false;
-    }
-#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-
     wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok
     event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd));
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
@@ -3430,16 +4083,6 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CARET
 
-#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
-    // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
-    // after the control gets to process it.
-    wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl);
-    if ( ctrl )
-    {
-        return false;
-    }
-#endif
-
     // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted.  This can
     // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object.
     if ( m_isBeingDeleted )
@@ -3453,7 +4096,21 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     // wxFindWinFromHandle() may return NULL, it is ok
     event.SetWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd));
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// labels
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label)
+{
+    SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str());
+}
+
+wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const
+{
+    return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND());
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3463,17 +4120,17 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
 {
     wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
 {
     wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
@@ -3503,17 +4160,18 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
         ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex,
                         wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len);
     }
-    DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
 
     wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     POINT dropPoint;
     DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
     event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x;
     event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y;
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    DragFinish(hFilesInfo);
+
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -3524,62 +4182,54 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
 {
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
     // the logic is as follows:
-    // -1. don't set cursor for non client area, including but not limited to
-    //     the title bar, scrollbars, &c
-    //  0. allow the user to override default behaviour by using EVT_SET_CURSOR
-    //  1. if we have the cursor set it unless wxIsBusy()
-    //  2. if we're a top level window, set some cursor anyhow
-    //  3. if wxIsBusy(), set the busy cursor, otherwise the global one
-
-    if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT )
-    {
-        return false;
-    }
+    //  0. if we're busy, set the busy cursor (even for non client elements)
+    //  1. don't set custom cursor for non client area of enabled windows
+    //  2. ask user EVT_SET_CURSOR handler for the cursor
+    //  3. if still no cursor but we're in a TLW, set the global cursor
 
     HCURSOR hcursor = 0;
-
-    // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very
-    // specific way (for example, depending on the current position)
-    POINT pt;
-    if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+    if ( wxIsBusy() )
     {
-        wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos"));
+        hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor();
     }
-
-    int x = pt.x,
-        y = pt.y;
-    ScreenToClient(&x, &y);
-    wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y);
-
-    bool processedEvtSetCursor = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-    if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() )
+    else // not busy
     {
-        hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor());
-    }
+        if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT )
+            return false;
 
-    if ( !hcursor )
-    {
-        bool isBusy = wxIsBusy();
+        // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very
+        // specific way (for example, depending on the current position)
+        POINT pt;
+        wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt);
 
-        // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using m_cursor
-        // if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned nothing from
-        // it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't be used for this
-        // point
-        if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.Ok() )
+        int x = pt.x,
+            y = pt.y;
+        ScreenToClient(&x, &y);
+        wxSetCursorEvent event(x, y);
+        event.SetId(GetId());
+        event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+        bool processedEvtSetCursor = HandleWindowEvent(event);
+        if ( processedEvtSetCursor && event.HasCursor() )
         {
-            hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor);
+            hcursor = GetHcursorOf(event.GetCursor());
         }
 
-        if ( !GetParent() )
+        if ( !hcursor )
         {
-            if ( isBusy )
+            // the test for processedEvtSetCursor is here to prevent using
+            // m_cursor if the user code caught EVT_SET_CURSOR() and returned
+            // nothing from it - this is a way to say that our cursor shouldn't
+            // be used for this point
+            if ( !processedEvtSetCursor && m_cursor.IsOk() )
             {
-                hcursor = wxGetCurrentBusyCursor();
+                hcursor = GetHcursorOf(m_cursor);
             }
-            else if ( !hcursor )
+
+            if ( !hcursor && !GetParent() )
             {
                 const wxCursor *cursor = wxGetGlobalCursor();
-                if ( cursor && cursor->Ok() )
+                if ( cursor && cursor->IsOk() )
                 {
                     hcursor = GetHcursorOf(*cursor);
                 }
@@ -3587,10 +4237,9 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
         }
     }
 
+
     if ( hcursor )
     {
-//        wxLogDebug("HandleSetCursor: Setting cursor %ld", (long) hcursor);
-
         ::SetCursor(hcursor);
 
         // cursor set, stop here
@@ -3602,6 +4251,98 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
     return false;
 }
 
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam),
+                              WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam),
+                              bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed))
+{
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    // FIXME
+    return false;
+#else
+    wxEventType evtType;
+    switch ( wParam )
+    {
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING;
+            break;
+
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL;
+            break;
+
+        case PBT_APMSUSPEND:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED;
+            break;
+
+        case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxLogDebug(wxT("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam);
+            // fall through
+
+        // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED:
+        case PBT_APMSTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW:
+        case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE:
+        case PBT_APMOEMEVENT:
+        case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL:
+#ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC
+        case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC:
+#endif
+            evtType = wxEVT_NULL;
+            break;
+    }
+
+    // don't handle unknown messages
+    if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL )
+        return false;
+
+    // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events?
+
+    wxPowerEvent event(evtType);
+    if ( !HandleWindowEvent(event) )
+        return false;
+
+    *vetoed = event.IsVetoed();
+
+    return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const
+{
+    for ( const wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() )
+    {
+        if ( wxHasWindowExStyle(win, WS_EX_COMPOSITED) )
+            return true;
+
+        if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return false;
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetDoubleBuffered(bool on)
+{
+    // Get the current extended style bits
+    long exstyle = wxGetWindowExStyle(this);
+
+    // Twiddle the bit as needed
+    if ( on )
+        exstyle |= WS_EX_COMPOSITED;
+    else
+        exstyle &= ~WS_EX_COMPOSITED;
+
+    // put it back
+    wxSetWindowExStyle(this, exstyle);
+}
+
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // owner drawn stuff
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -3626,8 +4367,12 @@ wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id),
     {
         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
 
-        wxCHECK_MSG( pMenuItem && pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)),
-                         false, _T("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );
+        // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below
+        if ( !pMenuItem )
+            return false;
+
+        wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem),
+                         false, wxT("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );
 
         // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent
         // the DC from being released
@@ -3684,8 +4429,16 @@ wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
     {
         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
 
-        wxCHECK_MSG( pMenuItem && pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)),
-                        false, _T("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );
+        // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an
+        // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info:
+        // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745
+        //
+        // so silently ignore it instead of asserting
+        if ( !pMenuItem )
+            return false;
+
+        wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem),
+                        false, wxT("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );
 
         size_t w, h;
         bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h);
@@ -3718,7 +4471,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange()
     wxSysColourChangedEvent event;
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    (void)HandleWindowEvent(event);
 
     // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the
     // native controls to react to the colours update
@@ -3730,17 +4483,21 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange()
     wxDisplayChangedEvent event;
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd)
 {
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-    wxWindow *item = FindItemByHWND(pWnd, true);
+#if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    wxUnusedVar(hDC);
+    wxUnusedVar(hWnd);
+#else
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl);
+
     if ( item )
-        *brush = item->MSWControlColor(pDC);
+        *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd);
     else
 #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
         *brush = NULL;
@@ -3750,11 +4507,6 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC pDC, WXHWND pWnd)
 
 #endif // __WXMICROWIN__
 
-WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWControlColor(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC))
-{
-    return (WXHBRUSH)0;
-}
-
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
 {
 #if wxUSE_PALETTE
@@ -3795,15 +4547,43 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
     event.SetEventObject(this);
     event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange));
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture)
 {
-    wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture));
+    // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture
+    // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863):
+    wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost();
+
+    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture);
+    wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)"
+    // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level
+    // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary
+    // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes
+
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while ( node )
+    {
+        // top-level windows already get this message from the system
+        wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
+        if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam);
+        }
+
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    // let the system handle it
+    return false;
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
@@ -3834,7 +4614,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
     wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId());
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized();
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event) && event.GetPaletteRealized();
 }
 
 // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
@@ -3884,12 +4664,13 @@ extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
             // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a
             // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change
             // to.
-            wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS"));
-            if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() )
+            wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap
+            wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(wxT("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS"));
+            if ( stdColourBitmap.IsOk() )
             {
                 // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX!
                 wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX,
-                              _T("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") );
+                              wxT("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") );
 
                 wxMemoryDC memDC;
                 memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap);
@@ -3932,31 +4713,120 @@ extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
     return s_cmap;
 }
 
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME && !defined(TMT_FILLCOLOR)
+    #define TMT_FILLCOLOR       3802
+    #define TMT_TEXTCOLOR       3803
+    #define TMT_BORDERCOLOR     3801
+#endif
+
+wxColour wxWindowMSW::MSWGetThemeColour(const wchar_t *themeName,
+                                        int themePart,
+                                        int themeState,
+                                        MSWThemeColour themeColour,
+                                        wxSystemColour fallback) const
+{
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+    const wxUxThemeEngine* theme = wxUxThemeEngine::GetIfActive();
+    if ( theme )
+    {
+        int themeProperty = 0;
+
+        // TODO: Convert this into a table? Sure would be faster.
+        switch ( themeColour )
+        {
+            case ThemeColourBackground:
+                themeProperty = TMT_FILLCOLOR;
+                break;
+            case ThemeColourText:
+                themeProperty = TMT_TEXTCOLOR;
+                break;
+            case ThemeColourBorder:
+                themeProperty = TMT_BORDERCOLOR;
+                break;
+            default:
+                wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("unsupported theme colour"));
+        };
+
+        wxUxThemeHandle hTheme((const wxWindow *)this, themeName);
+        COLORREF col;
+        HRESULT hr = theme->GetThemeColor
+                            (
+                                hTheme,
+                                themePart,
+                                themeState,
+                                themeProperty,
+                                &col
+                            );
+
+        if ( SUCCEEDED(hr) )
+            return wxRGBToColour(col);
+
+        wxLogApiError(
+            wxString::Format(
+                "GetThemeColor(%s, %i, %i, %i)",
+                themeName, themePart, themeState, themeProperty),
+            hr);
+    }
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(themeName);
+    wxUnusedVar(themePart);
+    wxUnusedVar(themeState);
+    wxUnusedVar(themeColour);
+#endif
+    return wxSystemSettings::GetColour(fallback);
+}
+
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // painting
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
+// this variable is used to check that a paint event handler which processed
+// the event did create a wxPaintDC inside its code and called BeginPaint() to
+// validate the invalidated window area as otherwise we'd keep getting an
+// endless stream of WM_PAINT messages for this window resulting in a lot of
+// difficult to debug problems (e.g. impossibility to repaint other windows,
+// lack of timer and idle events and so on)
+extern bool wxDidCreatePaintDC;
+bool wxDidCreatePaintDC = false;
+
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()
 {
     HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
     if ( !hRegion )
+    {
         wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn"));
+    }
     if ( ::GetUpdateRgn(GetHwnd(), hRegion, FALSE) == ERROR )
+    {
         wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn"));
+    }
 
     m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
 
+    wxDidCreatePaintDC = false;
+
     wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    bool processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    bool processed = HandleWindowEvent(event);
+
+    if ( processed && !wxDidCreatePaintDC )
+    {
+        // do call MSWDefWindowProc() to validate the update region to avoid
+        // the problems mentioned above
+        processed = false;
+    }
 
     // note that we must generate NC event after the normal one as otherwise
     // BeginPaint() will happily overwrite our decorations with the background
     // colour
     wxNcPaintEvent eventNc(m_windowId);
     eventNc.SetEventObject(this);
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventNc);
+    HandleWindowEvent(eventNc);
+
+    // don't keep an HRGN we don't need any longer (GetUpdateRegion() can only
+    // be called from inside the event handlers called above)
+    m_updateRegion.Clear();
 
     return processed;
 }
@@ -3967,7 +4837,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     event.Skip();
 #else
-    HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDC::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject());
+    HDC hDC = (HDC) wxPaintDCImpl::FindDCInCache((wxWindow*) event.GetEventObject());
     if (hDC != 0)
     {
         MSWDefWindowProc(WM_PAINT, (WPARAM) hDC, 0);
@@ -3977,97 +4847,208 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)
 {
-    wxDCTemp dc(hdc);
-
-    dc.SetHDC(hdc);
-    dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
-    dc.BeginDrawing();
-
-    wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-
-    dc.EndDrawing();
-
-    // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp
-    dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc);
-
-    return rc;
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
-{
-    // standard controls always erase their background themselves (although the
-    // user may try to override it in a derived class)
-    if ( IsOfStandardClass() )
+    if ( IsBeingDeleted() )
     {
-        event.Skip();
-        return;
+        // We can get WM_ERASEBKGND after starting the destruction of our top
+        // level parent. Handling it in this case is unnecessary and can be
+        // actually harmful as e.g. wxStaticBox::GetClientSize() doesn't work
+        // without a valid TLW parent (because it uses dialog units internally
+        // which use the dialog font), so just don't do anything then.
+        return false;
     }
 
-    if ( GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM )
+    switch ( GetBackgroundStyle() )
     {
-        // don't skip the event here, custom background means that the app
-        // is drawing it itself in its OnPaint(), so don't draw it at all
-        // now to avoid flicker
-        return;
-    }
+        case wxBG_STYLE_ERASE:
+        case wxBG_STYLE_COLOUR:
+            // we need to generate an erase background event
+            {
+                wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize());
+                wxDCTempImpl *impl = (wxDCTempImpl*) dc.GetImpl();
 
+                impl->SetHDC(hdc);
+                impl->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
 
-    // do default background painting
-    wxDC& dc = *event.GetDC();
-    HBRUSH hBrush = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(dc.GetHDC());
-    if ( hBrush )
-    {
-        RECT rc;
-        ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rc);
-        ::FillRect(GetHdcOf(dc), &rc, hBrush);
+                wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
+                event.SetEventObject(this);
+                bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event);
+
+                // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for
+                // wxDCTemp
+                impl->SelectOldObjects(hdc);
+
+                if ( rc )
+                {
+                    // background erased by the user-defined handler
+                    return true;
+                }
+            }
+            // fall through
+
+        case wxBG_STYLE_SYSTEM:
+            if ( !DoEraseBackground(hdc) )
+            {
+                // let the default processing to take place if we didn't erase
+                // the background ourselves
+                return false;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        case wxBG_STYLE_PAINT:
+        case wxBG_STYLE_TRANSPARENT:
+            // no need to do anything here at all, background will be entirely
+            // redrawn in WM_PAINT handler
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown background style" );
     }
-    else
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+#ifdef wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWHasEraseBgHook() const
+{
+    return gs_eraseBgHooks.find(const_cast<wxWindowMSW *>(this))
+                != gs_eraseBgHooks.end();
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWSetEraseBgHook(wxWindow *child)
+{
+    if ( child )
     {
-        // let the system paint the background
-        event.Skip();
+        if ( !gs_eraseBgHooks.insert(
+                EraseBgHooks::value_type(this, child)).second )
+        {
+            wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Setting erase background hook twice?") );
+        }
     }
+    else // reset the hook
+    {
+        if ( gs_eraseBgHooks.erase(this) != 1 )
+        {
+            wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Resetting erase background which was not set?") );
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // wxHAS_MSW_BACKGROUND_ERASE_HOOK
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC)
+{
+    HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC);
+    if ( !hbr )
+        return false;
+
+    // erase just the client area of the window, this is important for the
+    // frames to avoid drawing over the toolbar part of the window (you might
+    // think using WS_CLIPCHILDREN would prevent this from happening, but it
+    // clearly doesn't)
+    RECT rc;
+    wxCopyRectToRECT(GetClientRect(), rc);
+    ::FillRect((HDC)hDC, &rc, hbr);
+
+    return true;
 }
 
-WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetSolidBgBrushForChild(wxWindow *child)
+WXHBRUSH
+wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC hDC, wxWindowMSW *child)
 {
-    wxColour col = MSWGetBgColourForChild(child);
-    if ( col.Ok() )
+    // Test for the custom background brush first.
+    WXHBRUSH hbrush = MSWGetCustomBgBrush();
+    if ( hbrush )
+    {
+        // We assume that this is either a stipple or hatched brush and not a
+        // solid one as otherwise it would have been enough to set the
+        // background colour and such brushes need to be positioned correctly
+        // in order to align when different windows are painted, so do it here.
+        RECT rc;
+        ::GetWindowRect(GetHwndOf(child), &rc);
+
+        ::MapWindowPoints(NULL, GetHwnd(), (POINT *)&rc, 1);
+
+        if ( !::SetBrushOrgEx((HDC)hDC, -rc.left, -rc.top, NULL) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("SetBrushOrgEx(bg brush)"));
+        }
+
+        return hbrush;
+    }
+
+    // Otherwise see if we have a custom background colour.
+    if ( m_hasBgCol )
     {
-        // draw children with the same colour as the parent
-        wxBrush *brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(col, wxSOLID);
+        wxBrush *
+            brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour());
 
-        return (WXHBRUSH)brush->GetResourceHandle();
+        return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush);
     }
 
     return 0;
 }
 
-wxColour wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgColourForChild(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(child))
+WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC)
 {
-    return m_hasBgCol ? GetBackgroundColour() : wxNullColour;
-}
+    // Use the special wxWindowBeingErased variable if it is set as the child
+    // being erased.
+    wxWindowMSW * const child =
+#if wxUSE_UXTHEME
+                                wxWindowBeingErased ? wxWindowBeingErased :
+#endif
+                                this;
 
-WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForSelf(wxWindow *parent, WXHDC hDC)
-{
-    return parent->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, this);
+    for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() )
+    {
+        WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, child);
+        if ( hBrush )
+            return hBrush;
+
+        // don't use the parent background if we're not transparent
+        if ( !win->HasTransparentBackground() )
+            break;
+
+        // background is not inherited beyond top level windows
+        if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
 }
 
-WXHBRUSH wxWindow::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC)
 {
-    for ( wxWindow *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() )
+    // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is
+    // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we
+    // must draw properly themed background here
+    //
+    // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the
+    // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it
+    // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is
+    // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params
+    //
+    // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're
+    // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else!
+
+    if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() )
+        return false;
+
+    // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead
+    // return whatever value this window wants
+    if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() )
+        return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this);
+
+    for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )
     {
-        // background is not inherited beyond the containing TLW
-        if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
-            break;
+        if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) )
+            return true;
 
-        WXHBRUSH hBrush = MSWGetBgBrushForSelf(win, hDC);
-        if ( hBrush )
-            return hBrush;
+        if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() )
+            break;
     }
 
-    return 0;
+    return false;
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -4079,7 +5060,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMinimize()
     wxIconizeEvent event(m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize()
@@ -4087,7 +5068,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize()
     wxMaximizeEvent event(m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y)
@@ -4096,7 +5077,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y)
     wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect)
@@ -4104,20 +5085,67 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect)
     wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event);
     if (rc)
         rect = event.GetRect();
     return rc;
 }
 
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEnterSizeMove()
+{
+    wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_START);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleExitSizeMove()
+{
+    wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(0,0), m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventType(wxEVT_MOVE_END);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
+}
+
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam)
 {
-    bool processed = false;
+#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be
+    // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them
+    int numChildren = 0;
+    for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD);
+          child;
+          child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) )
+    {
+        numChildren ++;
+    }
+
+    // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten
+    bool useDefer = false;
+
+    if ( numChildren > 1 )
+    {
+        if (!m_hDWP)
+        {
+            m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren);
+            if ( !m_hDWP )
+            {
+                wxLogLastError(wxT("BeginDeferWindowPos"));
+            }
+            if (m_hDWP)
+                useDefer = true;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
 
+    // update this window size
+    bool processed = false;
     switch ( wParam )
     {
         default:
-            wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") );
+            wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") );
             // fall through nevertheless
 
         case SIZE_MAXHIDE:
@@ -4140,8 +5168,36 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam)
             wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId);
             event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-            processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+            processed = HandleWindowEvent(event);
+    }
+
+#if wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once
+    if ( useDefer && m_hDWP )
+    {
+        // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our
+        // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't
+        // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we
+        // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...)
+        HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP;
+        m_hDWP = NULL;
+
+        // do put all child controls in place at once
+        if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("EndDeferWindowPos"));
+        }
+
+        // Reset our children's pending pos/size values.
+        for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+              node;
+              node = node->GetNext() )
+        {
+            wxWindowMSW * const child = node->GetData();
+            child->MSWEndDeferWindowPos();
+        }
     }
+#endif // wxUSE_DEFERRED_SIZING
 
     return processed;
 }
@@ -4151,16 +5207,15 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect)
     wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    bool rc = HandleWindowEvent(event);
     if (rc)
         rect = event.GetRect();
     return rc;
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo))
 {
 #ifdef __WXWINCE__
-    wxUnusedVar(mmInfo);
     return false;
 #else
     MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo;
@@ -4204,8 +5259,11 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo)
 // command messages
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id_, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
 {
+    // sign extend to int from short before comparing with the other int ids
+    int id = (signed short)id_;
+
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
     if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu )
     {
@@ -4228,8 +5286,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
     // try the id
     if ( !win )
     {
-        // must cast to a signed type before comparing with other ids!
-        win = FindItem((signed short)id);
+        win = FindItem(id);
     }
 
     if ( win )
@@ -4243,28 +5300,33 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
     // coming from a control to wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
     if ( !control )
     {
-        // If no child window, it may be an accelerator, e.g. for a popup menu
-        // command
-
-        wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED);
+        wxCommandEvent event(wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED, id);
         event.SetEventObject(this);
-        event.SetId(id);
         event.SetInt(id);
 
-        return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+        return HandleWindowEvent(event);
     }
-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
     else
     {
+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
         // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND
         // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
         // wxSpinCtrl
         wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control);
         if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) )
             return true;
-    }
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 
+#if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
+        // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND
+        // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
+        // wxChoice
+        wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control);
+        if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) )
+            return true;
+#endif
+    }
+
     return false;
 }
 
@@ -4286,25 +5348,26 @@ void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event,
     event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0;
- //   event.m_altDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x80000000) != 0;
-    // Returns different negative values on WinME and WinNT,
-    // so simply test for negative value.
-    event.m_altDown = ::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0;
+#ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON
+    event.m_aux1Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON1) != 0;
+    event.m_aux2Down = (flags & MK_XBUTTON2) != 0;
+#endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON
+    event.m_altDown = ::wxIsAltDown();
 
 #ifndef __WXWINCE__
     event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
 #endif
 
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
     event.SetId(GetId());
 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
-    m_lastMouseX = x;
-    m_lastMouseY = y;
-    m_lastMouseEvent = event.GetEventType();
+    gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y));
+    gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType();
 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 }
 
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
 // Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are
 // transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns
 // HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events
@@ -4315,9 +5378,9 @@ void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event,
 // Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could
 // (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts
 // still don't get move, enter nor leave events.
-static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) //TW:REQ:Univ
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y)
 {
-    wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, wxT("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") );
 
     // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events
     // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example
@@ -4355,7 +5418,7 @@ static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) //
                 ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) &&
                     ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) )
     {
-        wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwndUnderMouse);
+        wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwndUnderMouse);
         if ( winUnderMouse )
         {
             // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords
@@ -4368,6 +5431,7 @@ static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y) //
 
     return win;
 }
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 {
@@ -4386,13 +5450,33 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
         wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK,
         wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN,
         wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP,
-        wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
+        wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK,
+        0, // this one is for wxEVT_MOTION which is not used here
+        wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN,
+        wxEVT_AUX1_UP,
+        wxEVT_AUX1_DCLICK,
+        wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN,
+        wxEVT_AUX2_UP,
+        wxEVT_AUX2_DCLICK
     };
 
+#ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON
+    // the same messages are used for both auxillary mouse buttons so we need
+    // to adjust the index manually
+    switch ( msg )
+    {
+        case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
+        case WM_XBUTTONUP:
+        case WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK:
+            if ( flags & MK_XBUTTON2 )
+                msg += wxEVT_AUX2_DOWN - wxEVT_AUX1_DOWN;
+    }
+#endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON
+
     wxMouseEvent event(eventsMouse[msg - WM_MOUSEMOVE]);
     InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
@@ -4407,38 +5491,77 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
         {
             // Generate an ENTER event
             m_mouseInWindow = true;
-#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-            TRACKMOUSEEVENT trackinfo;
-
-            trackinfo.cbSize = sizeof(trackinfo);
-            trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
-            trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd();
-            //Use the commctrl.h _TrackMouseEvent, which will call the
-            // appropriate TrackMouseEvent or emulate it ( win95 )
-            // else we need _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0400
-            _TrackMouseEvent(&trackinfo);
-#endif
-#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+            typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT);
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+            static const _TrackMouseEvent_t
+                s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent;
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
+            static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent;
+            static bool s_initDone = false;
+            if ( !s_initDone )
+            {
+                // see comment in wxApp::GetComCtl32Version() explaining the
+                // use of wxLoadedDLL
+                wxLoadedDLL dllComCtl32(wxT("comctl32.dll"));
+                if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() )
+                {
+                    s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t)
+                        dllComCtl32.RawGetSymbol(wxT("_TrackMouseEvent"));
+                }
+
+                s_initDone = true;
+            }
+
+            if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent )
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
+            {
+                WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo;
+
+                trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
+                trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd();
+
+                (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo);
+            }
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+
             wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
             InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
 
-            (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+            (void)HandleWindowEvent(event);
         }
     }
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+    else // mouse not in window
+    {
+        // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
+        // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so
+        // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking
+        if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() )
+        {
+            GenerateMouseLeave();
+        }
+    }
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
-    // Window gets a click down message followed by a mouse move message even
-    // if position isn't changed!  We want to discard the trailing move event
-    // if x and y are the same.
-    if ( (m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ||
-          m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
-          m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN) &&
-         (m_lastMouseX == x && m_lastMouseY == y) )
-    {
-        m_lastMouseEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
+    // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't
+    // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576)
+    //
+    // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to
+    // other platforms
+    if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION )
+    {
+        if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos )
+        {
+            gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION;
 
-        return false;
+            return false;
+        }
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 
@@ -4446,16 +5569,22 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 }
 
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(wxMouseWheelAxis axis,
+                              WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+    // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's
+    // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client
+    // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for
+    // consistency
+    const wxPoint
+        pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)));
     wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL);
-    InitMouseEvent(event,
-                   GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
-                   GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
-                   LOWORD(wParam));
+    InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam));
     event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam);
     event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA;
+    event.m_wheelAxis = axis;
 
     static int s_linesPerRotation = -1;
     if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 )
@@ -4464,7 +5593,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
                                      &s_linesPerRotation, 0))
         {
             // this is not supposed to happen
-            wxLogLastError(_T("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)"));
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("SystemParametersInfo(GETWHEELSCROLLLINES)"));
 
             // the default is 3, so use it if SystemParametersInfo() failed
             s_linesPerRotation = 3;
@@ -4472,105 +5601,160 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
     }
 
     event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation;
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 
-#else
-    (void) wParam;
-    (void) lParam;
+#else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+    wxUnusedVar(wParam);
+    wxUnusedVar(lParam);
 
     return false;
-#endif
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
 }
 
+void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave()
+{
+    m_mouseInWindow = false;
+
+    int state = 0;
+    if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
+        state |= MK_SHIFT;
+    if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
+        state |= MK_CONTROL;
+
+    // Only the high-order bit should be tested
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_LBUTTON;
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_MBUTTON;
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_RBUTTON;
+
+    POINT pt;
+    wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt);
+
+    // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
+    // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
+    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+    pt.x -= rect.left;
+    pt.y -= rect.top;
+
+    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
+    InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state);
+
+    (void)HandleWindowEvent(event);
+}
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // keyboard handling
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-// create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by
-// HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up
-wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
-                                       int id,
-                                       WXLPARAM lParam,
-                                       WXWPARAM wParam) const
+namespace
 {
-    wxKeyEvent event(evType);
-    event.SetId(GetId());
+
+// Implementation of InitAnyKeyEvent() which can also be used when there is no
+// associated window: this can happen for the wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK events created by
+// the global keyboard hook (e.g. the event might have happened in a non-wx
+// window).
+void
+MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event,
+                   WXWPARAM wParam,
+                   WXLPARAM lParam,
+                   const wxWindowBase *win /* may be NULL */)
+{
+    if ( win )
+    {
+        event.SetId(win->GetId());
+        event.SetEventObject(const_cast<wxWindowBase *>(win));
+    }
+    else // No associated window.
+    {
+        // Use wxID_ANY for compatibility with the old code even if wxID_NONE
+        // would arguably make more sense.
+        event.SetId(wxID_ANY);
+    }
+
     event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
     event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
     event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN;
 
-    event.m_eventObject = (wxWindow *)this; // const_cast
-    event.m_keyCode = id;
-#if wxUSE_UNICODE
-    event.m_uniChar = (wxChar) wParam;
-#endif
     event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam;
     event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam;
 #ifndef __WXWINCE__
     event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
 #endif
+}
 
-    // translate the position to client coords
-    POINT pt;
-    GetCursorPos(&pt);
-    RECT rect;
-    GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect);
-    pt.x -= rect.left;
-    pt.y -= rect.top;
+} // anonymous namespace
+
+void
+wxWindowMSW::InitAnyKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event,
+                             WXWPARAM wParam,
+                             WXLPARAM lParam) const
+{
+    MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam, this);
+}
 
-    event.m_x = pt.x;
-    event.m_y = pt.y;
+wxKeyEvent
+wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
+                            WXWPARAM wParam,
+                            WXLPARAM lParam) const
+{
+    // Catch any attempts to use this with WM_CHAR, it wouldn't work because
+    // wParam is supposed to be a virtual key and not a character here.
+    wxASSERT_MSG( evType != wxEVT_CHAR && evType != wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK,
+                    "CreateKeyEvent() can't be used for char events" );
+
+    wxKeyEvent event(evType);
+    InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam);
+
+    event.m_keyCode = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX
+                                     (
+                                        wParam,
+                                        lParam
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE
+                                        , &event.m_uniChar
+#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
+                                     );
 
     return event;
 }
 
-// isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from
-// WM_KEYDOWN one
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
+wxKeyEvent
+wxWindowMSW::CreateCharEvent(wxEventType evType,
+                             WXWPARAM wParam,
+                             WXLPARAM lParam) const
 {
-    int id;
-    if ( isASCII )
-    {
-        // If 1 -> 26, translate to either special keycode or just set
-        // ctrlDown.  IOW, Ctrl-C should result in keycode == 3 and
-        // ControlDown() == true.
-        id = wParam;
-        if ( (id > 0) && (id < 27) )
-        {
-            switch (id)
-            {
-                case 13:
-                    id = WXK_RETURN;
-                    break;
-
-                case 8:
-                    id = WXK_BACK;
-                    break;
+    wxKeyEvent event(evType);
+    InitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam);
 
-                case 9:
-                    id = WXK_TAB;
-                    break;
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE
+    // TODO: wParam uses UTF-16 so this is incorrect for characters outside of
+    //       the BMP, we should use WM_UNICHAR to handle them.
+    event.m_uniChar = wParam;
+#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
 
-                default:
-                    //ctrlDown = true;
-                    break;
-            }
-        }
+    // Set non-Unicode key code too for compatibility if possible.
+    if ( wParam < 0x80 )
+    {
+        // It's an ASCII character, no need to translate it.
+        event.m_keyCode = wParam;
     }
-    else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN
+    else
     {
-        id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);
-        if ( id == 0 )
+        // Check if this key can be represented (as a single character) in the
+        // current locale.
+        const wchar_t wc = wParam;
+        char ch;
+        if ( wxConvLibc.FromWChar(&ch, 1, &wc, 1) != wxCONV_FAILED )
         {
-            // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
-            // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = true), don't process it now
-            return false;
+            // For compatibility continue to provide the key code in this field
+            // even though using GetUnicodeKey() is recommended now.
+            event.m_keyCode = static_cast<unsigned char>(ch);
         }
+        //else: Key can't be represented in the current locale, leave m_keyCode
+        //      as WXK_NONE and use GetUnicodeKey() to access the character.
     }
 
-    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam));
-
     // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European
     // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user
     // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything
@@ -4578,73 +5762,59 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
     // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really
     // needed)
     if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown &&
-            (id >= 32 && id < 256) )
+            (event.m_keyCode >= 32 && event.m_keyCode < 256) )
     {
         event.m_controlDown =
         event.m_altDown = false;
     }
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return event;
 }
 
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+// isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from
+// WM_KEYDOWN one
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
-    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);
-
-    if ( !id )
-    {
-        // normal ASCII char
-        id = wParam;
-    }
-
-    if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
-    {
-        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam));
-        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-        {
-            return true;
-        }
-    }
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateCharEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, wParam, lParam));
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
+}
 
-    return false;
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, wParam, lParam));
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
-    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);
-
-    if ( !id )
-    {
-        // normal ASCII char
-        id = wParam;
-    }
-
-    if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
-    {
-        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam));
-        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-            return true;
-    }
-
-    return false;
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, wParam, lParam));
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
-int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int chAccel, WXLPARAM lParam)
+#if wxUSE_MENUS
+int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel),
+                                WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam))
 {
     // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly
     // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo
 #ifndef __WXWINCE__
     const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam;
 
-    MENUITEMINFO mii;
-    wxZeroMemory(mii);
-    mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO);
+    WinStruct<MENUITEMINFO> mii;
+
+    // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is
+    // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but
+    // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95
     mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA;
 
     // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item
     const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu);
     for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ )
     {
+        // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before
+        // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData
+        mii.cch = 0;
+
         if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) )
         {
             if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW )
@@ -4654,13 +5824,14 @@ int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int chAccel, WXLPARAM lParam)
                 //  menu creation code
                 wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData;
 
-                const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(item->GetText(), _T('&'));
+                const wxString label(item->GetItemLabel());
+                const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(label.t_str(), wxT('&'));
                 while ( p++ )
                 {
-                    if ( *p == _T('&') )
+                    if ( *p == wxT('&') )
                     {
                         // this is not the accel char, find the real one
-                        p = wxStrchr(p + 1, _T('&'));
+                        p = wxStrchr(p + 1, wxT('&'));
                     }
                     else // got the accel char
                     {
@@ -4682,18 +5853,28 @@ int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int chAccel, WXLPARAM lParam)
         }
         else // failed to get the menu text?
         {
-            // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log
-            // it
-            wxLogLastError(_T("GetMenuItemInfo"));
+            // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("GetMenuItemInfo"));
         }
     }
-#else
-    wxUnusedVar(chAccel);
-    wxUnusedVar(lParam);
 #endif
     return wxNOT_FOUND;
 }
 
+#endif // wxUSE_MENUS
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent(WXUINT nMsg)
+{
+    const wxEventType type = nMsg == WM_CUT       ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
+                           : nMsg == WM_COPY      ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
+                           : /* nMsg == WM_PASTE */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE;
+    wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId());
+
+    evt.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return HandleWindowEvent(evt);
+}
+
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // joystick
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -4773,10 +5954,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
     }
 
     wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change);
-    event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
+    if ( eventType == wxEVT_JOY_ZMOVE )
+        event.SetZPosition(x);
+    else
+        event.SetPosition(wxPoint(x, y));
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 #else
     wxUnusedVar(msg);
     wxUnusedVar(x);
@@ -4803,32 +5987,32 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
     wxScrollWinEvent event;
     event.SetPosition(pos);
     event.SetOrientation(orientation);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     switch ( wParam )
     {
     case SB_TOP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP);
         break;
 
     case SB_BOTTOM:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM);
         break;
 
     case SB_LINEUP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP);
         break;
 
     case SB_LINEDOWN:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN);
         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEUP:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP);
         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEDOWN:
-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN);
         break;
 
     case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
@@ -4843,27 +6027,50 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
             scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS;
 
             if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(),
-                                  orientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ
-                                                              : SB_VERT,
+                                  WXOrientToSB(orientation),
                                   &scrollInfo) )
             {
-                // Not neccessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet.
-                // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
+                // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet.
+                // wxLogLastError(wxT("GetScrollInfo"));
             }
 
             event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos);
         }
 
-        event.m_eventType = wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION
+        event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION
                                 ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
-                                : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK;
+                                : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK );
         break;
 
     default:
         return false;
     }
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// custom message handlers
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/* static */ bool
+wxWindowMSW::MSWRegisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler)
+{
+    wxCHECK_MSG( gs_messageHandlers.find(msg) == gs_messageHandlers.end(),
+                 false, wxT("registering handler for the same message twice") );
+
+    gs_messageHandlers[msg] = handler;
+    return true;
+}
+
+/* static */ void
+wxWindowMSW::MSWUnregisterMessageHandler(int msg, MSWMessageHandler handler)
+{
+    const MSWMessageHandlers::iterator i = gs_messageHandlers.find(msg);
+    wxCHECK_RET( i != gs_messageHandlers.end() && i->second == handler,
+                 wxT("unregistering non-registered handler?") );
+
+    gs_messageHandlers.erase(i);
 }
 
 // ===========================================================================
@@ -4897,230 +6104,435 @@ void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font)
     //   the_font.ReleaseResource();
 }
 
-// Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
-// the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
-int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int keySym, WXLPARAM lParam)
-{
-    int id;
-    switch (keySym)
-    {
-        case VK_CANCEL:     id = WXK_CANCEL; break;
-        case VK_BACK:       id = WXK_BACK; break;
-        case VK_TAB:        id = WXK_TAB; break;
-        case VK_CLEAR:      id = WXK_CLEAR; break;
-        case VK_SHIFT:      id = WXK_SHIFT; break;
-        case VK_CONTROL:    id = WXK_CONTROL; break;
-        case VK_MENU :      id = WXK_MENU; break;
-        case VK_PAUSE:      id = WXK_PAUSE; break;
-        case VK_CAPITAL:    id = WXK_CAPITAL; break;
-        case VK_SPACE:      id = WXK_SPACE; break;
-        case VK_ESCAPE:     id = WXK_ESCAPE; break;
-        case VK_PRIOR:      id = WXK_PRIOR; break;
-        case VK_NEXT :      id = WXK_NEXT; break;
-        case VK_END:        id = WXK_END; break;
-        case VK_HOME :      id = WXK_HOME; break;
-        case VK_LEFT :      id = WXK_LEFT; break;
-        case VK_UP:         id = WXK_UP; break;
-        case VK_RIGHT:      id = WXK_RIGHT; break;
-        case VK_DOWN :      id = WXK_DOWN; break;
-        case VK_SELECT:     id = WXK_SELECT; break;
-        case VK_PRINT:      id = WXK_PRINT; break;
-        case VK_EXECUTE:    id = WXK_EXECUTE; break;
-        case VK_INSERT:     id = WXK_INSERT; break;
-        case VK_DELETE:     id = WXK_DELETE; break;
-        case VK_HELP :      id = WXK_HELP; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD0:    id = WXK_NUMPAD0; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD1:    id = WXK_NUMPAD1; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD2:    id = WXK_NUMPAD2; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD3:    id = WXK_NUMPAD3; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD4:    id = WXK_NUMPAD4; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD5:    id = WXK_NUMPAD5; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD6:    id = WXK_NUMPAD6; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD7:    id = WXK_NUMPAD7; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD8:    id = WXK_NUMPAD8; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD9:    id = WXK_NUMPAD9; break;
-        case VK_MULTIPLY:   id = WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY; break;
-        case VK_ADD:        id = WXK_NUMPAD_ADD; break;
-        case VK_SUBTRACT:   id = WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT; break;
-        case VK_DECIMAL:    id = WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL; break;
-        case VK_DIVIDE:     id = WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE; break;
-        case VK_F1:         id = WXK_F1; break;
-        case VK_F2:         id = WXK_F2; break;
-        case VK_F3:         id = WXK_F3; break;
-        case VK_F4:         id = WXK_F4; break;
-        case VK_F5:         id = WXK_F5; break;
-        case VK_F6:         id = WXK_F6; break;
-        case VK_F7:         id = WXK_F7; break;
-        case VK_F8:         id = WXK_F8; break;
-        case VK_F9:         id = WXK_F9; break;
-        case VK_F10:        id = WXK_F10; break;
-        case VK_F11:        id = WXK_F11; break;
-        case VK_F12:        id = WXK_F12; break;
-        case VK_F13:        id = WXK_F13; break;
-        case VK_F14:        id = WXK_F14; break;
-        case VK_F15:        id = WXK_F15; break;
-        case VK_F16:        id = WXK_F16; break;
-        case VK_F17:        id = WXK_F17; break;
-        case VK_F18:        id = WXK_F18; break;
-        case VK_F19:        id = WXK_F19; break;
-        case VK_F20:        id = WXK_F20; break;
-        case VK_F21:        id = WXK_F21; break;
-        case VK_F22:        id = WXK_F22; break;
-        case VK_F23:        id = WXK_F23; break;
-        case VK_F24:        id = WXK_F24; break;
-        case VK_NUMLOCK:    id = WXK_NUMLOCK; break;
-        case VK_SCROLL:     id = WXK_SCROLL; break;
-
-        // the mapping for these keys may be incorrect on non-US keyboards so
-        // maybe we shouldn't map them to ASCII values at all
-        case VK_OEM_1:      id = ';'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_PLUS:   id = '+'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_COMMA:  id = ','; break;
-        case VK_OEM_MINUS:  id = '-'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_PERIOD: id = '.'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_2:      id = '/'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_3:      id = '~'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_4:      id = '['; break;
-        case VK_OEM_5:      id = '\\'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_6:      id = ']'; break;
-        case VK_OEM_7:      id = '\''; break;
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// keyboard codes
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+namespace wxMSWKeyboard
+{
+
+namespace
+{
+
+// use the "extended" bit of lParam to distinguish extended keys from normal
+// keys as the same virtual key code is sent for both by Windows
+inline
+int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended)
+{
+    // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from
+    // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from
+    // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a
+    // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case
+    return !lParam || (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED) ? keyExtended : keyNormal;
+}
+
+// this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to
+// WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX/WXToVK() below
+//
+// note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and
+// WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1
+const struct wxKeyMapping
+{
+    int vk;
+    wxKeyCode wxk;
+} gs_specialKeys[] =
+{
+    { VK_CANCEL,        WXK_CANCEL },
+    { VK_BACK,          WXK_BACK },
+    { VK_TAB,           WXK_TAB },
+    { VK_CLEAR,         WXK_CLEAR },
+    { VK_SHIFT,         WXK_SHIFT },
+    { VK_CONTROL,       WXK_CONTROL },
+    { VK_MENU ,         WXK_ALT },
+    { VK_PAUSE,         WXK_PAUSE },
+    { VK_CAPITAL,       WXK_CAPITAL },
+    { VK_SPACE,         WXK_SPACE },
+    { VK_ESCAPE,        WXK_ESCAPE },
+    { VK_SELECT,        WXK_SELECT },
+    { VK_PRINT,         WXK_PRINT },
+    { VK_EXECUTE,       WXK_EXECUTE },
+    { VK_SNAPSHOT,      WXK_SNAPSHOT },
+    { VK_HELP,          WXK_HELP },
+
+    { VK_NUMPAD0,       WXK_NUMPAD0 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD1,       WXK_NUMPAD1 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD2,       WXK_NUMPAD2 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD3,       WXK_NUMPAD3 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD4,       WXK_NUMPAD4 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD5,       WXK_NUMPAD5 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD6,       WXK_NUMPAD6 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD7,       WXK_NUMPAD7 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD8,       WXK_NUMPAD8 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD9,       WXK_NUMPAD9 },
+    { VK_MULTIPLY,      WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY },
+    { VK_ADD,           WXK_NUMPAD_ADD },
+    { VK_SUBTRACT,      WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT },
+    { VK_DECIMAL,       WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL },
+    { VK_DIVIDE,        WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE },
+
+    { VK_F1,            WXK_F1 },
+    { VK_F2,            WXK_F2 },
+    { VK_F3,            WXK_F3 },
+    { VK_F4,            WXK_F4 },
+    { VK_F5,            WXK_F5 },
+    { VK_F6,            WXK_F6 },
+    { VK_F7,            WXK_F7 },
+    { VK_F8,            WXK_F8 },
+    { VK_F9,            WXK_F9 },
+    { VK_F10,           WXK_F10 },
+    { VK_F11,           WXK_F11 },
+    { VK_F12,           WXK_F12 },
+    { VK_F13,           WXK_F13 },
+    { VK_F14,           WXK_F14 },
+    { VK_F15,           WXK_F15 },
+    { VK_F16,           WXK_F16 },
+    { VK_F17,           WXK_F17 },
+    { VK_F18,           WXK_F18 },
+    { VK_F19,           WXK_F19 },
+    { VK_F20,           WXK_F20 },
+    { VK_F21,           WXK_F21 },
+    { VK_F22,           WXK_F22 },
+    { VK_F23,           WXK_F23 },
+    { VK_F24,           WXK_F24 },
+
+    { VK_NUMLOCK,       WXK_NUMLOCK },
+    { VK_SCROLL,        WXK_SCROLL },
 
 #ifdef VK_APPS
-        case VK_LWIN:       id = WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT; break;
-        case VK_RWIN:       id = WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT; break;
-        case VK_APPS:       id = WXK_WINDOWS_MENU; break;
+    { VK_LWIN,          WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT },
+    { VK_RWIN,          WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT },
+    { VK_APPS,          WXK_WINDOWS_MENU },
 #endif // VK_APPS defined
+};
+
+} // anonymous namespace
+
+int VKToWX(WXWORD vk, WXLPARAM lParam, wchar_t *uc)
+{
+    int wxk;
+
+    // check the table first
+    for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ )
+    {
+        if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk )
+        {
+            wxk = gs_specialKeys[n].wxk;
+            if ( wxk < WXK_START )
+            {
+                // Unicode code for this key is the same as its ASCII code.
+                if ( uc )
+                    *uc = wxk;
+            }
+
+            return wxk;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // keys requiring special handling
+    switch ( vk )
+    {
+        case VK_OEM_1:
+        case VK_OEM_PLUS:
+        case VK_OEM_COMMA:
+        case VK_OEM_MINUS:
+        case VK_OEM_PERIOD:
+        case VK_OEM_2:
+        case VK_OEM_3:
+        case VK_OEM_4:
+        case VK_OEM_5:
+        case VK_OEM_6:
+        case VK_OEM_7:
+        case VK_OEM_102:
+            // MapVirtualKey() returns 0 if it fails to convert the virtual
+            // key which nicely corresponds to our WXK_NONE.
+            wxk = ::MapVirtualKey(vk, MAPVK_VK_TO_CHAR);
+
+            if ( HIWORD(wxk) & 0x8000 )
+            {
+                // It's a dead key and we don't return anything at all for them
+                // as we simply don't have any way to indicate the difference
+                // between e.g. a normal "'" and "'" as a dead key -- and
+                // generating the same events for them just doesn't seem like a
+                // good idea.
+                wxk = WXK_NONE;
+            }
+
+            // In any case return this as a Unicode character value.
+            if ( uc )
+                *uc = wxk;
+
+            // For compatibility with the old non-Unicode code we continue
+            // returning key codes for Latin-1 characters directly
+            // (normally it would really only make sense to do it for the
+            // ASCII characters, not Latin-1 ones).
+            if ( wxk > 255 )
+            {
+                // But for anything beyond this we can only return the key
+                // value as a real Unicode character, not a wxKeyCode
+                // because this enum values clash with Unicode characters
+                // (e.g. WXK_LBUTTON also happens to be U+012C a.k.a.
+                // "LATIN CAPITAL LETTER I WITH BREVE").
+                wxk = WXK_NONE;
+            }
+            break;
+
+        // handle extended keys
+        case VK_PRIOR:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_NEXT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_END:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_HOME:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_LEFT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_UP:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_RIGHT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_DOWN:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_INSERT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_DELETE:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE);
+            break;
 
         case VK_RETURN:
-            // the same key is sent for both the "return" key on the main
-            // keyboard and the numeric keypad but we want to distinguish
-            // between them: we do this using the "extended" bit (24) of lParam
-            id = lParam & (1 << 24) ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN;
+            // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed
+            // here: numpad enter is the extended one
+            wxk = HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN;
+
+            if ( uc )
+                *uc = WXK_RETURN;
             break;
 
         default:
-            id = 0;
-    }
-
-    return id;
-}
-
-WXWORD wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int id, bool *isVirtual)
-{
-    *isVirtual = true;
-    WXWORD keySym;
-    switch (id)
-    {
-    case WXK_CANCEL:    keySym = VK_CANCEL; break;
-    case WXK_CLEAR:     keySym = VK_CLEAR; break;
-    case WXK_SHIFT:     keySym = VK_SHIFT; break;
-    case WXK_CONTROL:   keySym = VK_CONTROL; break;
-    case WXK_ALT:       keySym = VK_MENU; break;
-    case WXK_MENU :     keySym = VK_MENU; break;
-    case WXK_PAUSE:     keySym = VK_PAUSE; break;
-    case WXK_CAPITAL:   keySym = VK_CAPITAL; break;
-    case WXK_PRIOR:     keySym = VK_PRIOR; break;
-    case WXK_NEXT :     keySym = VK_NEXT; break;
-    case WXK_END:       keySym = VK_END; break;
-    case WXK_HOME :     keySym = VK_HOME; break;
-    case WXK_LEFT :     keySym = VK_LEFT; break;
-    case WXK_UP:        keySym = VK_UP; break;
-    case WXK_RIGHT:     keySym = VK_RIGHT; break;
-    case WXK_DOWN :     keySym = VK_DOWN; break;
-    case WXK_SELECT:    keySym = VK_SELECT; break;
-    case WXK_PRINT:     keySym = VK_PRINT; break;
-    case WXK_EXECUTE:   keySym = VK_EXECUTE; break;
-    case WXK_INSERT:    keySym = VK_INSERT; break;
-    case WXK_DELETE:    keySym = VK_DELETE; break;
-    case WXK_HELP :     keySym = VK_HELP; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD0:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD0; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD1:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD1; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD2:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD2; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD3:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD3; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD4:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD4; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD5:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD5; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD6:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD6; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD7:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD7; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD8:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD8; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD9:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD9; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY:  keySym = VK_MULTIPLY; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD:       keySym = VK_ADD; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT:  keySym = VK_SUBTRACT; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL:   keySym = VK_DECIMAL; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE:    keySym = VK_DIVIDE; break;
-    case WXK_F1:        keySym = VK_F1; break;
-    case WXK_F2:        keySym = VK_F2; break;
-    case WXK_F3:        keySym = VK_F3; break;
-    case WXK_F4:        keySym = VK_F4; break;
-    case WXK_F5:        keySym = VK_F5; break;
-    case WXK_F6:        keySym = VK_F6; break;
-    case WXK_F7:        keySym = VK_F7; break;
-    case WXK_F8:        keySym = VK_F8; break;
-    case WXK_F9:        keySym = VK_F9; break;
-    case WXK_F10:       keySym = VK_F10; break;
-    case WXK_F11:       keySym = VK_F11; break;
-    case WXK_F12:       keySym = VK_F12; break;
-    case WXK_F13:       keySym = VK_F13; break;
-    case WXK_F14:       keySym = VK_F14; break;
-    case WXK_F15:       keySym = VK_F15; break;
-    case WXK_F16:       keySym = VK_F16; break;
-    case WXK_F17:       keySym = VK_F17; break;
-    case WXK_F18:       keySym = VK_F18; break;
-    case WXK_F19:       keySym = VK_F19; break;
-    case WXK_F20:       keySym = VK_F20; break;
-    case WXK_F21:       keySym = VK_F21; break;
-    case WXK_F22:       keySym = VK_F22; break;
-    case WXK_F23:       keySym = VK_F23; break;
-    case WXK_F24:       keySym = VK_F24; break;
-    case WXK_NUMLOCK:   keySym = VK_NUMLOCK; break;
-    case WXK_SCROLL:    keySym = VK_SCROLL; break;
-    default:
+            if ( (vk >= '0' && vk <= '9') || (vk >= 'A' && vk <= 'Z') )
+            {
+                // A simple alphanumeric key and the values of them coincide in
+                // Windows and wx for both ASCII and Unicode codes.
+                wxk = vk;
+            }
+            else // Something we simply don't know about at all.
+            {
+                wxk = WXK_NONE;
+            }
+
+            if ( uc )
+                *uc = vk;
+    }
+
+    return wxk;
+}
+
+WXWORD WXToVK(int wxk, bool *isExtended)
+{
+    // check the table first
+    for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ )
+    {
+        if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk )
         {
-            *isVirtual = false;
-            keySym = (WORD)id;
+            // All extended keys (i.e. non-numpad versions of the keys that
+            // exist both in the numpad and outside of it) are dealt with
+            // below.
+            if ( isExtended )
+                *isExtended = false;
+
+            return gs_specialKeys[n].vk;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // and then check for special keys not included in the table
+    bool extended = false;
+    WXWORD vk;
+    switch ( wxk )
+    {
+        case WXK_PAGEUP:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP:
+            vk = VK_PRIOR;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN:
+            vk = VK_NEXT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_END:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_END:
+            vk = VK_END;
             break;
+
+        case WXK_HOME:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME:
+            vk = VK_HOME;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_LEFT:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT:
+            vk = VK_LEFT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_UP:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_UP:
+            vk = VK_UP;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_RIGHT:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT:
+            vk = VK_RIGHT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_DOWN:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN:
+            vk = VK_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_INSERT:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT:
+            vk = VK_INSERT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_DELETE:
+            extended = true;
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE:
+            vk = VK_DELETE;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            // no VkKeyScan() under CE unfortunately, we need to test how does
+            // it handle OEM keys
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+            // check to see if its one of the OEM key codes.
+            BYTE vks = LOBYTE(VkKeyScan(wxk));
+            if ( vks != 0xff )
+            {
+                vk = vks;
+            }
+            else
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+            {
+                vk = (WXWORD)wxk;
+            }
+    }
+
+    if ( isExtended )
+        *isExtended = extended;
+
+    return vk;
+}
+
+} // namespace wxMSWKeyboard
+
+// small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState()
+static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk)
+{
+    // SM_SWAPBUTTON is not available under CE, so don't swap buttons there
+#ifdef SM_SWAPBUTTON
+    if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON || vk == VK_RBUTTON )
+    {
+        if ( ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON) )
+        {
+            if ( vk == VK_LBUTTON )
+                vk = VK_RBUTTON;
+            else // vk == VK_RBUTTON
+                vk = VK_LBUTTON;
         }
     }
-    return keySym;
+#endif // SM_SWAPBUTTON
+
+    // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last
+    // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and
+    // we only want that one
+    return (GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0;
 }
 
 bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key)
 {
-    bool bVirtual;
+    // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other
+    // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead
+    wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON &&
+                    key != VK_RBUTTON &&
+                        key != VK_MBUTTON,
+                    wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") );
+
+    const WXWORD vk = wxMSWKeyboard::WXToVK(key);
 
-//High order with GetAsyncKeyState only available on WIN32
-#ifdef __WIN32__    
-    //If the requested key is a LED key, return
-    //true if the led is pressed
-    if (key == WXK_NUMLOCK ||
-        key == WXK_CAPITAL ||
-        key == WXK_SCROLL)
+    // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed
+    if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL )
     {
-#endif
-        //low order bit means LED is highlighted, 
-        //high order means key is down
-        //Here, for compat with other ports we want both
-        return GetKeyState( wxCharCodeWXToMSW(key, &bVirtual) ) != 0;
+        // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the
+        // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if
+        // either one is set
+        return GetKeyState(vk) != 0;
 
-#ifdef __WIN32__    
     }
-    else
+    else // normal key
     {
-        //normal key
-        //low order bit means key pressed since last call
-        //high order means key is down
-        //We want only the high order bit - the key may not be down if only low order
-        return ( GetAsyncKeyState( wxCharCodeWXToMSW(key, &bVirtual) ) & (1<<15) ) != 0;
+        return wxIsKeyDown(vk);
     }
-#endif
 }
 
+
+wxMouseState wxGetMouseState()
+{
+    wxMouseState ms;
+    POINT pt;
+    wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt);
+
+    ms.SetX(pt.x);
+    ms.SetY(pt.y);
+    ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON));
+    ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON));
+    ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON));
+#ifdef wxHAS_XBUTTON
+    ms.SetAux1Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON1));
+    ms.SetAux2Down(wxIsKeyDown(VK_XBUTTON2));
+#endif // wxHAS_XBUTTON
+
+    ms.SetControlDown(wxIsCtrlDown ());
+    ms.SetShiftDown  (wxIsShiftDown());
+    ms.SetAltDown    (wxIsAltDown  ());
+//    ms.SetMetaDown();
+
+    return ms;
+}
+
+
 wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
     if ( hWnd != 0 )
     {
-        return wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
+        return wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd);
     }
     return NULL;
 }
@@ -5132,19 +6544,19 @@ extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
     // For a radiobutton, we get the radiobox from GWL_USERDATA (which is set
     // by code in msw/radiobox.cpp), for all the others we just search up the
     // window hierarchy
-    wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)NULL;
+    wxWindow *win = NULL;
     if ( hwnd )
     {
-        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd);
         if ( !win )
         {
-#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
+#if wxUSE_RADIOBOX && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
             // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any
             // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to
             // do it as well, win would be already non NULL
             if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON )
             {
-                win = (wxWindow *)wxGetWindowUserData(hwnd);
+                win = wxRadioBox::GetFromRadioButtonHWND(hwnd);
             }
             //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox
 #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
@@ -5179,7 +6591,7 @@ extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
 #endif
 
         hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);
-        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hwnd);
     }
 
     return win;
@@ -5190,64 +6602,61 @@ extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
 // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
 // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
 static HHOOK wxTheKeyboardHook = 0;
-static FARPROC wxTheKeyboardHookProc = 0;
-int APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam);
-
-void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)
-{
-    if ( doIt )
-    {
-        wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
-        wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
-
-            GetCurrentThreadId()
-        //      (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
-            );
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
-    }
-}
 
-int APIENTRY _EXPORT
+int APIENTRY
 wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
 {
     DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
     if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) )
     {
-        int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);
-        if ( id != 0 )
+        wchar_t uc;
+        int id = wxMSWKeyboard::VKToWX(wParam, lParam, &uc);
+
+        // Don't intercept keyboard entry (notably Escape) if a modal window
+        // (not managed by wx, e.g. IME one) is currently opened as more often
+        // than not it needs all the keys for itself.
+        //
+        // Also don't catch it if a window currently captures the mouse as
+        // Escape is normally used to release the mouse capture and if you
+        // really need to catch all the keys in the window that has mouse
+        // capture it can be easily done in its own EVT_CHAR handler as it is
+        // certain to have focus while it has the capture.
+        if ( !gs_modalEntryWindowCount && !::GetCapture() )
         {
-            wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
-            if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
-                event.m_altDown = true;
-
-            event.m_eventObject = NULL;
-            event.m_keyCode = id;
-            event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
-            event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
-#ifndef __WXWINCE__
-            event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
-#endif
-            wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
-            wxEvtHandler *handler;
-            if ( win )
-            {
-                handler = win->GetEventHandler();
-                event.SetId(win->GetId());
-            }
-            else
+            if ( id != WXK_NONE
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE
+                    || static_cast<int>(uc) != WXK_NONE
+#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
+                    )
             {
-                handler = wxTheApp;
-                event.SetId(wxID_ANY);
-            }
+                wxWindow const* win = wxWindow::DoFindFocus();
+                if ( !win )
+                {
+                    // Even if the focus got lost somehow, still send the event
+                    // to the top level parent to allow a wxDialog to always
+                    // close on Escape.
+                    win = wxGetActiveWindow();
+                }
 
-            if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) )
-            {
-                // processed
-                return 1;
+                wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
+                MSWInitAnyKeyEvent(event, wParam, lParam, win);
+
+                event.m_keyCode = id;
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE
+                event.m_uniChar = uc;
+#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
+
+                wxEvtHandler * const handler = win ? win->GetEventHandler()
+                                                   : wxTheApp;
+
+                if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) )
+                {
+                    if ( !event.IsNextEventAllowed() )
+                    {
+                        // Stop processing of this event.
+                        return 1;
+                    }
+                }
             }
         }
     }
@@ -5255,419 +6664,505 @@ wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
     return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
 }
 
+void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)
+{
+    if ( doIt )
+    {
+        wxTheKeyboardHook = ::SetWindowsHookEx
+                              (
+                                WH_KEYBOARD,
+                                (HOOKPROC)wxKeyboardHook,
+                                NULL,   // must be NULL for process hook
+                                ::GetCurrentThreadId()
+                              );
+        if ( !wxTheKeyboardHook )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowsHookEx(wxKeyboardHook)"));
+        }
+    }
+    else // uninstall
+    {
+        if ( wxTheKeyboardHook )
+            ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
+    }
+}
+
 #endif // !__WXMICROWIN__
 
-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-const char *wxGetMessageName(int message)
+#if wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2
+const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message)
 {
     switch ( message )
     {
-        case 0x0000: return "WM_NULL";
-        case 0x0001: return "WM_CREATE";
-        case 0x0002: return "WM_DESTROY";
-        case 0x0003: return "WM_MOVE";
-        case 0x0005: return "WM_SIZE";
-        case 0x0006: return "WM_ACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0007: return "WM_SETFOCUS";
-        case 0x0008: return "WM_KILLFOCUS";
-        case 0x000A: return "WM_ENABLE";
-        case 0x000B: return "WM_SETREDRAW";
-        case 0x000C: return "WM_SETTEXT";
-        case 0x000D: return "WM_GETTEXT";
-        case 0x000E: return "WM_GETTEXTLENGTH";
-        case 0x000F: return "WM_PAINT";
-        case 0x0010: return "WM_CLOSE";
-        case 0x0011: return "WM_QUERYENDSESSION";
-        case 0x0012: return "WM_QUIT";
-        case 0x0013: return "WM_QUERYOPEN";
-        case 0x0014: return "WM_ERASEBKGND";
-        case 0x0015: return "WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE";
-        case 0x0016: return "WM_ENDSESSION";
-        case 0x0017: return "WM_SYSTEMERROR";
-        case 0x0018: return "WM_SHOWWINDOW";
-        case 0x0019: return "WM_CTLCOLOR";
-        case 0x001A: return "WM_WININICHANGE";
-        case 0x001B: return "WM_DEVMODECHANGE";
-        case 0x001C: return "WM_ACTIVATEAPP";
-        case 0x001D: return "WM_FONTCHANGE";
-        case 0x001E: return "WM_TIMECHANGE";
-        case 0x001F: return "WM_CANCELMODE";
-        case 0x0020: return "WM_SETCURSOR";
-        case 0x0021: return "WM_MOUSEACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0022: return "WM_CHILDACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0023: return "WM_QUEUESYNC";
-        case 0x0024: return "WM_GETMINMAXINFO";
-        case 0x0026: return "WM_PAINTICON";
-        case 0x0027: return "WM_ICONERASEBKGND";
-        case 0x0028: return "WM_NEXTDLGCTL";
-        case 0x002A: return "WM_SPOOLERSTATUS";
-        case 0x002B: return "WM_DRAWITEM";
-        case 0x002C: return "WM_MEASUREITEM";
-        case 0x002D: return "WM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x002E: return "WM_VKEYTOITEM";
-        case 0x002F: return "WM_CHARTOITEM";
-        case 0x0030: return "WM_SETFONT";
-        case 0x0031: return "WM_GETFONT";
-        case 0x0037: return "WM_QUERYDRAGICON";
-        case 0x0039: return "WM_COMPAREITEM";
-        case 0x0041: return "WM_COMPACTING";
-        case 0x0044: return "WM_COMMNOTIFY";
-        case 0x0046: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING";
-        case 0x0047: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED";
-        case 0x0048: return "WM_POWER";
-
-        case 0x004A: return "WM_COPYDATA";
-        case 0x004B: return "WM_CANCELJOURNAL";
-        case 0x004E: return "WM_NOTIFY";
-        case 0x0050: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST";
-        case 0x0051: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE";
-        case 0x0052: return "WM_TCARD";
-        case 0x0053: return "WM_HELP";
-        case 0x0054: return "WM_USERCHANGED";
-        case 0x0055: return "WM_NOTIFYFORMAT";
-        case 0x007B: return "WM_CONTEXTMENU";
-        case 0x007C: return "WM_STYLECHANGING";
-        case 0x007D: return "WM_STYLECHANGED";
-        case 0x007E: return "WM_DISPLAYCHANGE";
-        case 0x007F: return "WM_GETICON";
-        case 0x0080: return "WM_SETICON";
-
-        case 0x0081: return "WM_NCCREATE";
-        case 0x0082: return "WM_NCDESTROY";
-        case 0x0083: return "WM_NCCALCSIZE";
-        case 0x0084: return "WM_NCHITTEST";
-        case 0x0085: return "WM_NCPAINT";
-        case 0x0086: return "WM_NCACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0087: return "WM_GETDLGCODE";
-        case 0x00A0: return "WM_NCMOUSEMOVE";
-        case 0x00A1: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x00A2: return "WM_NCLBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x00A3: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x00A4: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x00A5: return "WM_NCRBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x00A6: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x00A7: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x00A8: return "WM_NCMBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x00A9: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x0100: return "WM_KEYDOWN";
-        case 0x0101: return "WM_KEYUP";
-        case 0x0102: return "WM_CHAR";
-        case 0x0103: return "WM_DEADCHAR";
-        case 0x0104: return "WM_SYSKEYDOWN";
-        case 0x0105: return "WM_SYSKEYUP";
-        case 0x0106: return "WM_SYSCHAR";
-        case 0x0107: return "WM_SYSDEADCHAR";
-        case 0x0108: return "WM_KEYLAST";
-
-        case 0x010D: return "WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION";
-        case 0x010E: return "WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION";
-        case 0x010F: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITION";
-
-        case 0x0110: return "WM_INITDIALOG";
-        case 0x0111: return "WM_COMMAND";
-        case 0x0112: return "WM_SYSCOMMAND";
-        case 0x0113: return "WM_TIMER";
-        case 0x0114: return "WM_HSCROLL";
-        case 0x0115: return "WM_VSCROLL";
-        case 0x0116: return "WM_INITMENU";
-        case 0x0117: return "WM_INITMENUPOPUP";
-        case 0x011F: return "WM_MENUSELECT";
-        case 0x0120: return "WM_MENUCHAR";
-        case 0x0121: return "WM_ENTERIDLE";
-        case 0x0200: return "WM_MOUSEMOVE";
-        case 0x0201: return "WM_LBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x0202: return "WM_LBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x0203: return "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x0204: return "WM_RBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x0205: return "WM_RBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x0206: return "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x0207: return "WM_MBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x0208: return "WM_MBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x0209: return "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x020A: return "WM_MOUSEWHEEL";
-        case 0x0210: return "WM_PARENTNOTIFY";
-        case 0x0211: return "WM_ENTERMENULOOP";
-        case 0x0212: return "WM_EXITMENULOOP";
-
-        case 0x0213: return "WM_NEXTMENU";
-        case 0x0214: return "WM_SIZING";
-        case 0x0215: return "WM_CAPTURECHANGED";
-        case 0x0216: return "WM_MOVING";
-        case 0x0218: return "WM_POWERBROADCAST";
-        case 0x0219: return "WM_DEVICECHANGE";
-
-        case 0x0220: return "WM_MDICREATE";
-        case 0x0221: return "WM_MDIDESTROY";
-        case 0x0222: return "WM_MDIACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0223: return "WM_MDIRESTORE";
-        case 0x0224: return "WM_MDINEXT";
-        case 0x0225: return "WM_MDIMAXIMIZE";
-        case 0x0226: return "WM_MDITILE";
-        case 0x0227: return "WM_MDICASCADE";
-        case 0x0228: return "WM_MDIICONARRANGE";
-        case 0x0229: return "WM_MDIGETACTIVE";
-        case 0x0230: return "WM_MDISETMENU";
-        case 0x0233: return "WM_DROPFILES";
-
-        case 0x0281: return "WM_IME_SETCONTEXT";
-        case 0x0282: return "WM_IME_NOTIFY";
-        case 0x0283: return "WM_IME_CONTROL";
-        case 0x0284: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL";
-        case 0x0285: return "WM_IME_SELECT";
-        case 0x0286: return "WM_IME_CHAR";
-        case 0x0290: return "WM_IME_KEYDOWN";
-        case 0x0291: return "WM_IME_KEYUP";
-
-        case 0x0300: return "WM_CUT";
-        case 0x0301: return "WM_COPY";
-        case 0x0302: return "WM_PASTE";
-        case 0x0303: return "WM_CLEAR";
-        case 0x0304: return "WM_UNDO";
-        case 0x0305: return "WM_RENDERFORMAT";
-        case 0x0306: return "WM_RENDERALLFORMATS";
-        case 0x0307: return "WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x0308: return "WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x0309: return "WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030A: return "WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030B: return "WM_SIZECLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030C: return "WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME";
-        case 0x030D: return "WM_CHANGECBCHAIN";
-        case 0x030E: return "WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030F: return "WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE";
-        case 0x0310: return "WM_PALETTEISCHANGING";
-        case 0x0311: return "WM_PALETTECHANGED";
-#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
-        case 0x0312: return "WM_HOTKEY";
-#endif
+        case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL");
+        case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE");
+        case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY");
+        case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE");
+        case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE");
+        case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS");
+        case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS");
+        case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE");
+        case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW");
+        case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT");
+        case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT");
+        case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH");
+        case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT");
+        case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE");
+        case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION");
+        case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT");
+        case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN");
+        case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND");
+        case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE");
+        case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION");
+        case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR");
+        case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW");
+        case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR");
+        case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE");
+        case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE");
+        case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP");
+        case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE");
+        case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE");
+        case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE");
+        case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR");
+        case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC");
+        case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO");
+        case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON");
+        case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND");
+        case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL");
+        case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS");
+        case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM");
+        case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM");
+        case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM");
+        case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM");
+        case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT");
+        case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT");
+        case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON");
+        case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM");
+        case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING");
+        case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY");
+        case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING");
+        case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED");
+        case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER");
+
+        case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA");
+        case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL");
+        case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY");
+        case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST");
+        case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE");
+        case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD");
+        case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP");
+        case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED");
+        case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT");
+        case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU");
+        case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING");
+        case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED");
+        case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE");
+        case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON");
+        case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON");
+
+        case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE");
+        case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY");
+        case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE");
+        case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST");
+        case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT");
+        case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE");
+        case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE");
+        case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK");
+
+        case 0x00B0: return wxT("EM_GETSEL");
+        case 0x00B1: return wxT("EM_SETSEL");
+        case 0x00B2: return wxT("EM_GETRECT");
+        case 0x00B3: return wxT("EM_SETRECT");
+        case 0x00B4: return wxT("EM_SETRECTNP");
+        case 0x00B5: return wxT("EM_SCROLL");
+        case 0x00B6: return wxT("EM_LINESCROLL");
+        case 0x00B7: return wxT("EM_SCROLLCARET");
+        case 0x00B8: return wxT("EM_GETMODIFY");
+        case 0x00B9: return wxT("EM_SETMODIFY");
+        case 0x00BA: return wxT("EM_GETLINECOUNT");
+        case 0x00BB: return wxT("EM_LINEINDEX");
+        case 0x00BC: return wxT("EM_SETHANDLE");
+        case 0x00BD: return wxT("EM_GETHANDLE");
+        case 0x00BE: return wxT("EM_GETTHUMB");
+        case 0x00C1: return wxT("EM_LINELENGTH");
+        case 0x00C2: return wxT("EM_REPLACESEL");
+        case 0x00C4: return wxT("EM_GETLINE");
+        case 0x00C5: return wxT("EM_LIMITTEXT/EM_SETLIMITTEXT"); /* ;win40 Name change */
+        case 0x00C6: return wxT("EM_CANUNDO");
+        case 0x00C7: return wxT("EM_UNDO");
+        case 0x00C8: return wxT("EM_FMTLINES");
+        case 0x00C9: return wxT("EM_LINEFROMCHAR");
+        case 0x00CB: return wxT("EM_SETTABSTOPS");
+        case 0x00CC: return wxT("EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR");
+        case 0x00CD: return wxT("EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER");
+        case 0x00CE: return wxT("EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE");
+        case 0x00CF: return wxT("EM_SETREADONLY");
+        case 0x00D0: return wxT("EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC");
+        case 0x00D1: return wxT("EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC");
+        case 0x00D2: return wxT("EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR");
+        case 0x00D3: return wxT("EM_SETMARGINS");
+        case 0x00D4: return wxT("EM_GETMARGINS");
+        case 0x00D5: return wxT("EM_GETLIMITTEXT");
+        case 0x00D6: return wxT("EM_POSFROMCHAR");
+        case 0x00D7: return wxT("EM_CHARFROMPOS");
+        case 0x00D8: return wxT("EM_SETIMESTATUS");
+        case 0x00D9: return wxT("EM_GETIMESTATUS");
+
+        case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP");
+        case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR");
+        case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR");
+        case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP");
+        case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR");
+        case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR");
+        case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST");
+
+        case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION");
+        case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION");
+        case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION");
+
+        case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG");
+        case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND");
+        case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND");
+        case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER");
+        case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL");
+        case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL");
+        case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU");
+        case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP");
+        case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT");
+        case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR");
+        case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE");
+
+        case 0x0127: return wxT("WM_CHANGEUISTATE");
+        case 0x0128: return wxT("WM_UPDATEUISTATE");
+        case 0x0129: return wxT("WM_QUERYUISTATE");
+
+        case 0x0132: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX");
+        case 0x0133: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOREDIT");
+        case 0x0134: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX");
+        case 0x0135: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORBTN");
+        case 0x0136: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORDLG");
+        case 0x0137: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR");
+        case 0x0138: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC");
+        case 0x01E1: return wxT("MN_GETHMENU");
+
+        case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE");
+        case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL");
+        case 0x020B: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x020C: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x020D: return wxT("WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY");
+        case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP");
+        case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP");
+
+        case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU");
+        case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING");
+        case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED");
+        case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING");
+        case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST");
+        case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE");
+
+        case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE");
+        case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY");
+        case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE");
+        case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT");
+        case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE");
+        case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE");
+        case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE");
+        case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE");
+        case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE");
+        case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU");
+        case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES");
+
+        case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT");
+        case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY");
+        case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL");
+        case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL");
+        case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT");
+        case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR");
+        case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP");
+
+        case 0x02A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEHOVER");
+        case 0x02A1: return wxT("WM_MOUSEHOVER");
+        case 0x02A2: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSELEAVE");
+        case 0x02A3: return wxT("WM_MOUSELEAVE");
+
+        case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT");
+        case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY");
+        case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE");
+        case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR");
+        case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO");
+        case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT");
+        case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS");
+        case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME");
+        case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN");
+        case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE");
+        case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING");
+        case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED");
+        case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY");
+
+        case 0x0317: return wxT("WM_PRINT");
+        case 0x0318: return wxT("WM_PRINTCLIENT");
 
         // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
         // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
 
         // listview
-        case 0x1000 + 0: return "LVM_GETBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 1: return "LVM_SETBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 2: return "LVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1000 + 3: return "LVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1000 + 4: return "LVM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1000 + 5: return "LVM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 75: return "LVM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 6: return "LVM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 76: return "LVM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 7: return "LVM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 77: return "LVM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 8: return "LVM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 9: return "LVM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-        case 0x1000 + 10: return "LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK";
-        case 0x1000 + 11: return "LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK";
-        case 0x1000 + 12: return "LVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 13: return "LVM_FINDITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 83: return "LVM_FINDITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 14: return "LVM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 15: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION";
-        case 0x1000 + 16: return "LVM_GETITEMPOSITION";
-        case 0x1000 + 17: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA";
-        case 0x1000 + 87: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW";
-        case 0x1000 + 18: return "LVM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1000 + 19: return "LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-        case 0x1000 + 20: return "LVM_SCROLL";
-        case 0x1000 + 21: return "LVM_REDRAWITEMS";
-        case 0x1000 + 22: return "LVM_ARRANGE";
-        case 0x1000 + 23: return "LVM_EDITLABELA";
-        case 0x1000 + 118: return "LVM_EDITLABELW";
-        case 0x1000 + 24: return "LVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-        case 0x1000 + 25: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNA";
-        case 0x1000 + 95: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNW";
-        case 0x1000 + 26: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNA";
-        case 0x1000 + 96: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNW";
-        case 0x1000 + 27: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA";
-        case 0x1000 + 97: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW";
-        case 0x1000 + 28: return "LVM_DELETECOLUMN";
-        case 0x1000 + 29: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-        case 0x1000 + 30: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-        case 0x1000 + 31: return "LVM_GETHEADER";
-        case 0x1000 + 33: return "LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-        case 0x1000 + 34: return "LVM_GETVIEWRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 35: return "LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 36: return "LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 37: return "LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 38: return "LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 39: return "LVM_GETTOPINDEX";
-        case 0x1000 + 40: return "LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE";
-        case 0x1000 + 41: return "LVM_GETORIGIN";
-        case 0x1000 + 42: return "LVM_UPDATE";
-        case 0x1000 + 43: return "LVM_SETITEMSTATE";
-        case 0x1000 + 44: return "LVM_GETITEMSTATE";
-        case 0x1000 + 45: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTA";
-        case 0x1000 + 115: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTW";
-        case 0x1000 + 46: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTA";
-        case 0x1000 + 116: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTW";
-        case 0x1000 + 47: return "LVM_SETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1000 + 48: return "LVM_SORTITEMS";
-        case 0x1000 + 49: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32";
-        case 0x1000 + 50: return "LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT";
-        case 0x1000 + 51: return "LVM_GETITEMSPACING";
-        case 0x1000 + 52: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-        case 0x1000 + 117: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-        case 0x1000 + 53: return "LVM_SETICONSPACING";
-        case 0x1000 + 54: return "LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-        case 0x1000 + 55: return "LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-        case 0x1000 + 56: return "LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 57: return "LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST";
-        case 0x1000 + 58: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1000 + 59: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1000 + 60: return "LVM_SETHOTITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 61: return "LVM_GETHOTITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 62: return "LVM_SETHOTCURSOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 63: return "LVM_GETHOTCURSOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 64: return "LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 65: return "LVM_SETWORKAREA";
+        case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK");
+        case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK");
+        case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION");
+        case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION");
+        case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA");
+        case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW");
+        case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL");
+        case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA");
+        case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW");
+        case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL");
+        case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN");
+        case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH");
+        case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH");
+        case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER");
+        case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX");
+        case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN");
+        case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA");
+        case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW");
+        case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA");
+        case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW");
+        case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32");
+        case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING");
+        case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA");
+        case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW");
+        case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING");
+        case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST");
+        case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA");
 
         // tree view
-        case 0x1100 + 0: return "TVM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1100 + 50: return "TVM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1100 + 1: return "TVM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1100 + 2: return "TVM_EXPAND";
-        case 0x1100 + 4: return "TVM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1100 + 5: return "TVM_GETCOUNT";
-        case 0x1100 + 6: return "TVM_GETINDENT";
-        case 0x1100 + 7: return "TVM_SETINDENT";
-        case 0x1100 + 8: return "TVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1100 + 9: return "TVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1100 + 10: return "TVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-        case 0x1100 + 11: return "TVM_SELECTITEM";
-        case 0x1100 + 12: return "TVM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1100 + 62: return "TVM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1100 + 13: return "TVM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1100 + 63: return "TVM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1100 + 14: return "TVM_EDITLABELA";
-        case 0x1100 + 65: return "TVM_EDITLABELW";
-        case 0x1100 + 15: return "TVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-        case 0x1100 + 16: return "TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT";
-        case 0x1100 + 17: return "TVM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1100 + 18: return "TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-        case 0x1100 + 19: return "TVM_SORTCHILDREN";
-        case 0x1100 + 20: return "TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-        case 0x1100 + 21: return "TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB";
-        case 0x1100 + 22: return "TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW";
-        case 0x1100 + 23: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-        case 0x1100 + 64: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-        case 0x1100 + 24: return "TVM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-        case 0x1100 + 25: return "TVM_GETTOOLTIPS";
+        case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND");
+        case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT");
+        case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT");
+        case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT");
+        case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA");
+        case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW");
+        case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL");
+        case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT");
+        case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN");
+        case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE");
+        case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB");
+        case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW");
+        case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA");
+        case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW");
+        case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS");
 
         // header
-        case 0x1200 + 0: return "HDM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1200 + 1: return "HDM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1200 + 10: return "HDM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1200 + 2: return "HDM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1200 + 3: return "HDM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1200 + 11: return "HDM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1200 + 4: return "HDM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1200 + 12: return "HDM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1200 + 5: return "HDM_LAYOUT";
-        case 0x1200 + 6: return "HDM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1200 + 7: return "HDM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1200 + 8: return "HDM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1200 + 9: return "HDM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1200 + 15: return "HDM_ORDERTOINDEX";
-        case 0x1200 + 16: return "HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-        case 0x1200 + 17: return "HDM_GETORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1200 + 18: return "HDM_SETORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1200 + 19: return "HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER";
+        case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT");
+        case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX");
+        case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER");
 
         // tab control
-        case 0x1300 + 2: return "TCM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1300 + 3: return "TCM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1300 + 4: return "TCM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1300 + 5: return "TCM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1300 + 60: return "TCM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1300 + 6: return "TCM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1300 + 61: return "TCM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1300 + 7: return "TCM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1300 + 62: return "TCM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1300 + 8: return "TCM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1300 + 9: return "TCM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-        case 0x1300 + 10: return "TCM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1300 + 11: return "TCM_GETCURSEL";
-        case 0x1300 + 12: return "TCM_SETCURSEL";
-        case 0x1300 + 13: return "TCM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1300 + 14: return "TCM_SETITEMEXTRA";
-        case 0x1300 + 40: return "TCM_ADJUSTRECT";
-        case 0x1300 + 41: return "TCM_SETITEMSIZE";
-        case 0x1300 + 42: return "TCM_REMOVEIMAGE";
-        case 0x1300 + 43: return "TCM_SETPADDING";
-        case 0x1300 + 44: return "TCM_GETROWCOUNT";
-        case 0x1300 + 45: return "TCM_GETTOOLTIPS";
-        case 0x1300 + 46: return "TCM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-        case 0x1300 + 47: return "TCM_GETCURFOCUS";
-        case 0x1300 + 48: return "TCM_SETCURFOCUS";
-        case 0x1300 + 49: return "TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH";
-        case 0x1300 + 50: return "TCM_DESELECTALL";
+        case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS");
+        case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL");
+        case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL");
+        case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA");
+        case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT");
+        case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE");
+        case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE");
+        case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING");
+        case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT");
+        case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS");
+        case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS");
+        case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH");
+        case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL");
 
         // toolbar
-        case WM_USER+1: return "TB_ENABLEBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+2: return "TB_CHECKBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+3: return "TB_PRESSBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+4: return "TB_HIDEBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+5: return "TB_INDETERMINATE";
-        case WM_USER+9: return "TB_ISBUTTONENABLED";
-        case WM_USER+10: return "TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED";
-        case WM_USER+11: return "TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED";
-        case WM_USER+12: return "TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN";
-        case WM_USER+13: return "TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE";
-        case WM_USER+17: return "TB_SETSTATE";
-        case WM_USER+18: return "TB_GETSTATE";
-        case WM_USER+19: return "TB_ADDBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+20: return "TB_ADDBUTTONS";
-        case WM_USER+21: return "TB_INSERTBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+22: return "TB_DELETEBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+23: return "TB_GETBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+24: return "TB_BUTTONCOUNT";
-        case WM_USER+25: return "TB_COMMANDTOINDEX";
-        case WM_USER+26: return "TB_SAVERESTOREA";
-        case WM_USER+76: return "TB_SAVERESTOREW";
-        case WM_USER+27: return "TB_CUSTOMIZE";
-        case WM_USER+28: return "TB_ADDSTRINGA";
-        case WM_USER+77: return "TB_ADDSTRINGW";
-        case WM_USER+29: return "TB_GETITEMRECT";
-        case WM_USER+30: return "TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+31: return "TB_SETBUTTONSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+32: return "TB_SETBITMAPSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+33: return "TB_AUTOSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+35: return "TB_GETTOOLTIPS";
-        case WM_USER+36: return "TB_SETTOOLTIPS";
-        case WM_USER+37: return "TB_SETPARENT";
-        case WM_USER+39: return "TB_SETROWS";
-        case WM_USER+40: return "TB_GETROWS";
-        case WM_USER+42: return "TB_SETCMDID";
-        case WM_USER+43: return "TB_CHANGEBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+44: return "TB_GETBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+45: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA";
-        case WM_USER+75: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW";
-        case WM_USER+46: return "TB_REPLACEBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+47: return "TB_SETINDENT";
-        case WM_USER+48: return "TB_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+49: return "TB_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+50: return "TB_LOADIMAGES";
-        case WM_USER+51: return "TB_GETRECT";
-        case WM_USER+52: return "TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+53: return "TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+54: return "TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+55: return "TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+56: return "TB_SETSTYLE";
-        case WM_USER+57: return "TB_GETSTYLE";
-        case WM_USER+58: return "TB_GETBUTTONSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+59: return "TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH";
-        case WM_USER+60: return "TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS";
-        case WM_USER+61: return "TB_GETTEXTROWS";
-        case WM_USER+41: return "TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS";
+        case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE");
+        case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED");
+        case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED");
+        case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED");
+        case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN");
+        case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE");
+        case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE");
+        case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE");
+        case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS");
+        case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT");
+        case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX");
+        case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA");
+        case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW");
+        case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE");
+        case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA");
+        case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW");
+        case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT");
+        case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS");
+        case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT");
+        case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS");
+        case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS");
+        case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID");
+        case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA");
+        case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW");
+        case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT");
+        case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES");
+        case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT");
+        case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE");
+        case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE");
+        case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH");
+        case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS");
+        case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS");
+        case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS");
 
         default:
-            static char s_szBuf[128];
-            sprintf(s_szBuf, "<unknown message = %d>", message);
-            return s_szBuf;
+            static wxString s_szBuf;
+            s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message);
+            return s_szBuf.c_str();
     }
 }
-#endif //__WXDEBUG__
+#endif // wxDEBUG_LEVEL >= 2
 
 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
@@ -5714,31 +7209,50 @@ wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
     POINT pt2;
     pt2.x = pt.x;
     pt2.y = pt.y;
-    HWND hWndHit = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2);
-
-    wxWindow* win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWndHit) ;
-    HWND hWnd = hWndHit;
 
-    // Try to find a window with a wxWindow associated with it
-    while (!win && (hWnd != 0))
+    HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2);
+    if ( hWnd )
     {
-        hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd);
-        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd) ;
+        // WindowFromPoint() ignores the disabled children but we're supposed
+        // to take them into account, so check if we have a child at this
+        // coordinate.
+        ::ScreenToClient(hWnd, &pt2);
+        hWnd = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx(hWnd, pt2, CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE);
     }
-    return win;
+
+    return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
 }
 
 // Get the current mouse position.
 wxPoint wxGetMousePosition()
 {
     POINT pt;
-    GetCursorPos( & pt );
+    wxGetCursorPosMSW(&pt);
 
     return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y);
 }
 
 #if wxUSE_HOTKEY
 
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id)
+{
+    // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons
+    HINSTANCE hCoreDll;
+    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT);
+
+    UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc;
+    hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(wxT("coredll.dll"));
+    if (hCoreDll)
+    {
+        procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, wxT("UnregisterFunc1"));
+        if (procUnregisterFunc)
+            procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id);
+        FreeLibrary(hCoreDll);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
 bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode)
 {
     UINT win_modifiers=0;
@@ -5751,9 +7265,15 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode)
     if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN )
         win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN;
 
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+    // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons
+    if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20)
+        WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId);
+#endif
+
     if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) )
     {
-        wxLogLastError(_T("RegisterHotKey"));
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("RegisterHotKey"));
 
         return false;
     }
@@ -5763,9 +7283,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode)
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId)
 {
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+    WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId);
+#endif
+
     if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) )
     {
-        wxLogLastError(_T("UnregisterHotKey"));
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("UnregisterHotKey"));
 
         return false;
     }
@@ -5777,18 +7301,16 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId)
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
-    int hotkeyId = wParam;
-    int virtualKey = HIWORD(lParam);
     int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam);
 
-    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, virtualKey, wParam, lParam));
-    event.SetId(hotkeyId);
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, HIWORD(lParam)));
+    event.SetId(wParam);
     event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0;
     event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0;
     event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0;
     event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0;
 
-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    return HandleWindowEvent(event);
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
@@ -5818,7 +7340,7 @@ public:
 
         if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc )
         {
-            wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)"));
+            wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)"));
 
             return false;
         }
@@ -5844,7 +7366,7 @@ public:
         }
 
         return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam);
-    };
+    }
 
 private:
     static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc;
@@ -5863,7 +7385,7 @@ IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule)
 #if wxUSE_STATBOX
 static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent)
 {
-    if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox)))
+    if (wxDynamicCast(parent, wxStaticBox))
     {
         // Set the z-order correctly
         SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE);
@@ -5890,4 +7412,3 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event )
     event.Skip();
 }
 #endif
-